WO2023230865A1 - Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device - Google Patents

Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023230865A1
WO2023230865A1 PCT/CN2022/096316 CN2022096316W WO2023230865A1 WO 2023230865 A1 WO2023230865 A1 WO 2023230865A1 CN 2022096316 W CN2022096316 W CN 2022096316W WO 2023230865 A1 WO2023230865 A1 WO 2023230865A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
differential
differential pair
pad
substrate
positive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/096316
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨方旭
石林
杨健
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/096316 priority Critical patent/WO2023230865A1/en
Publication of WO2023230865A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023230865A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K5/00Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
    • H05K5/02Details

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of semiconductor technology, and in particular to a substrate and its preparation method, a chip packaging structure, and electronic equipment.
  • Differential signals have good anti-noise and anti-interference capabilities, and are increasingly used as an internal signal transmission method in electronic equipment.
  • the so-called differential signal refers to a signal transmitted using two signal lines.
  • the two signals on the two signal lines have the same amplitude and opposite phase.
  • Differential signals can be either analog or digital.
  • a differential pair including two differential signal terminals is usually used for differential signal transmission.
  • crosstalk usually occurs between adjacent differential pairs, thereby affecting the integrity of the differential signals transmitted by each differential pair.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a substrate and a preparation method thereof, a chip packaging structure, and electronic equipment, which are used to reduce crosstalk between differential pairs of signals in electronic equipment.
  • a first aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a substrate.
  • the substrate may be a PCB, a download board, or a packaging substrate.
  • the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole located within the substrate.
  • the first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via;
  • the second differential pair of vias includes a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via.
  • the via holes of the first differential pair and the via holes of the second differential pair are arranged in a staggered manner.
  • the connection line of the via holes of the first differential pair and the connection line of the via holes of the second differential pair do not intersect.
  • the via holes of the first differential pair and the via holes of the second differential pair do not intersect.
  • the via holes are arranged in a T shape.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are respectively provided on both sides (for example, the upper and lower sides) of the extension line of the first virtual line segment; and the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via
  • the holes are located at the same end (such as the left end or the right end) of the first virtual line segment.
  • the first virtual line segment is a virtual line segment that connects the projection of the first positive differential via hole on the surface of the substrate and the projection of the first negative differential via hole on the surface of the substrate.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are simultaneously Interferenced by the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via).
  • the signals of the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are affected by the first positive differential via.
  • the interference of the holes is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the interference of the second positive differential via by the first positive differential via is 5mV
  • the interference of the second negative differential via by the first positive differential via is also 5mV
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via The signals through the vias are different, and the interference can cancel each other out.
  • the signals transmitted by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are signals with opposite polarities. Therefore, according to the opposite polarity characteristics, the interference of the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via on the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) also cancel each other, thereby achieving the reduction of crosstalk. Small.
  • the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) is affected by the second positive differential via.
  • the interference of the differential via and the second negative differential via is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the interference from the first positive differential via to the second positive differential via is 5mV
  • the interference from the first positive differential via to the second negative differential via is -5mV.
  • the interferences of 5mV and -5mV can cancel each other out.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair signal line.
  • Two differential pairs are coupled via vias; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  • the second positive differential via hole and the second negative differential via hole are disposed on the same side of the first differential pair via hole.
  • the second differential pair signal line may be located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line, that is, the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line. It is possible to achieve no intersection between the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line. Then, the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line can be arranged on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, thereby reducing the thickness of the substrate and reducing the cost of the substrate.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are located between the first positive differential via and the first negative differential via, if the first positive differential signal line and the first negative differential signal are to be lines are adjacent, and the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are adjacent, it is inevitable that the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line will cross. Therefore, the first differential pair signal line and The second differential pair signal lines can only be arranged in different layers, resulting in an increase in substrate thickness.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair pad.
  • the first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential pad is coupled to the first positive differential via, and the first negative differential pad is coupled to the first negative differential via. coupling;
  • the second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and a second negative differential pad; the second positive differential pad is coupled to the second positive differential via, and the second negative differential pad is coupled to the second Negative differential via coupling; a plurality of reference ground pads, a first positive differential pad, a first negative differential pad, a second positive differential pad, a second negative differential pad and a plurality of reference ground pad array rows spread on the surface of the substrate.
  • the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application has a first positive differential pad, a first negative differential pad, a second positive differential pad, The second negative differential pad and multiple reference ground pad arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. This eliminates the need to change the solder ball arrangement of the chip package structure to be bonded to the substrate, and is compatible with existing checkerboard-shaped solder balls.
  • the chip packaging structure of the arrangement scheme has a wide range of applications.
  • the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes are arranged along a first direction, the first positive differential pads and the first negative differential pads are arranged along the second direction, and the first differential pair via holes are arranged along a first direction.
  • One direction intersects the second direction; the first positive differential via is offset from the first positive differential pad, the first negative differential via is offset from the first negative differential pad; the second positive differential via is offset from the second positive differential via.
  • the differential pads are aligned and arranged, and the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair pad on the surface of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential via is aligned with the first positive differential pad and coupled to the first positive differential pad; The negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad; the second differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate, and the second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad; the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad and coupled to the second positive differential pad; the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad , and coupled to the second negative differential pad.
  • the first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad
  • the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad, thereby reducing crosstalk between the first differential pair via and the second differential pair via.
  • the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole can be easily prepared, and the layout of the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole is simple.
  • the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole are arranged along the first direction, and the first positive differential pad and the first differential pair via hole are arranged in the first direction.
  • the negative differential pads are arranged along the first direction; along the second direction, a reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad, and the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line; wherein , the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are arranged in the reference ground pad array. Only the first positive differential pad and the second differential pad need to be changed.
  • the arrangement pattern of negative differential pads is enough, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
  • the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between adjacent first differential pair via holes and second differential pair via holes. A reference ground pad is provided between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole. The reference ground pad is coupled to the reference ground via hole. The reference ground pad can connect the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole. Isolate the vias to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair vias and the second differential pair vias.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are affected by the first positive differential via (or the second negative differential via).
  • the interference of the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for both the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the first direction.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each column parallel to the second direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for both the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the second direction.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of Rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged, and the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each column parallel to the second direction Arrange alternately.
  • crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the first direction and the second direction, and the crosstalk elimination effect is good.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, aligned with the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad.
  • a first reference ground via is provided.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, the first differential pair pads and the first differential pair are connected to each other.
  • a first reference ground via hole is provided between adjacent reference ground pads.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias, and the second reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, the second differential pair pads and the second differential pair are connected to each other.
  • a second reference ground via hole is provided between the reference ground pads on the side immediately adjacent to the bonding pads; along the second direction, a second reference ground via hole is provided in alignment with the reference ground pads immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias, and the second reference ground vias are located in the substrate; the second reference ground pads immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pads are aligned with the second reference ground vias. Ground vias.
  • This arrangement pattern on the one hand, can obtain the impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of rows and columns; the substrate also includes a first signal line layer, the first signal line layer is provided with a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line and the first differential pair in the first row Via coupling, the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair via hole in the first row; the first differential pair signal line extends between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole to the outlet side of the substrate; the second differential pair signal line extends between the second positive differential via hole and the second negative differential via hole to the outlet side of the substrate.
  • This arrangement of differential signal lines has relatively small requirements on line width and has a wide range of applications.
  • the substrate further includes a second signal line layer, and the second signal line layer is provided with a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line in the second signal line layer The line is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the second row, the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair via hole in the second row; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line Through between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole in the first row, extend to the outlet edge of the substrate.
  • This arrangement of differential signal lines has relatively small requirements on line width and has a wide range of applications.
  • the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole penetrate the core layer; the substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes Ajinomoto stack membrane.
  • the substrate includes a dielectric layer, the first differential pair of via holes and the second differential pair of via holes penetrate the dielectric layer; the substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the material of the dielectric layer includes a prepreg.
  • a second aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip, a packaging substrate and a download board; the packaging substrate is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the download board is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the chip It includes a first-stage first differential pair pin and a first-stage second differential pair pin. The first-stage first differential pair pin is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the packaging substrate.
  • the first-stage second differential pair The pins are coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate;
  • the chip packaging structure also includes a second-level first differential pair pin and a second-level second differential pair pin located on the side of the packaging substrate away from the chip;
  • the first differential pair pins of the second stage are respectively coupled to the first differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate and the first differential pair via holes in the download board.
  • the second differential pair pins of the second stage are coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate. are respectively coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the download board.
  • a third aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip and a packaging substrate; the packaging substrate is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level first differential pair pin. Two differential pair pins, the first differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the second differential pair via hole.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip, an adapter board and a packaging substrate that are stacked in sequence; the adapter board includes a third differential via and a fourth differential via located in the adapter plate. hole.
  • the third differential pair via hole includes the third positive differential via hole and the third negative differential via hole; the fourth differential pair via hole is located in the adapter board, and the fourth differential pair via hole includes the fourth positive differential via hole and the fourth negative differential via hole.
  • the third differential pair vias and the fourth differential pair vias are arranged in a T shape, or it can be understood that the fourth positive differential vias and the fourth negative differential vias are respectively arranged at the extension of the third virtual line segment On both sides of the line; the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are located at the same end of the third virtual line segment.
  • the third virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the third positive differential via hole and the third negative differential via hole on the surface of the adapter board;
  • the chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level second differential pair The first differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the third differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the fourth differential pair via hole.
  • the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are The four negative differential vias are simultaneously interfered by the third positive differential via (or the third negative differential via). According to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signals of the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are different, and the interferences received by the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced. .
  • the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment, the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are affected by the third positive differential via.
  • the interference of the holes (or the third negative differential via) is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment.
  • the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment, and the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are protected by the third positive differential via (or the fourth negative differential via).
  • the interference of the three negative differential vias) is consistent, and the interference of the third positive differential via (or the third negative differential via) by the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
  • the chip packaging structure further includes a first rewiring layer, which is provided on the side of the adapter board facing the chip; the first differential pair pins of the first level pass through the first rewiring layer Coupled with the third differential pair via hole, the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled with the fourth differential pair via hole through the first redistribution layer.
  • a first rewiring layer which is provided on the side of the adapter board facing the chip; the first differential pair pins of the first level pass through the first rewiring layer Coupled with the third differential pair via hole, the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled with the fourth differential pair via hole through the first redistribution layer.
  • the chip packaging structure further includes a second rewiring layer, the second rewiring layer is provided on the side of the transfer board facing the packaging substrate; the third differential pair via hole and the fourth differential pair via hole pass through The second redistribution layer is coupled to the packaging substrate. This is one possible structure.
  • the material of the adapter plate includes silicon, glass or ceramics. This is one possible structure.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a chip packaging structure and a printed circuit board; the chip packaging structure is provided on the printed circuit board; the chip packaging structure is the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
  • the printed circuit board is the substrate in any one of the first aspects.
  • the electronic device further includes a connector, and the connector is located between the chip packaging structure and the printed circuit board.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a substrate.
  • the substrate may be a PCB, a download board, or a packaging substrate.
  • the substrate includes: a first differential pair pad, located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; a second differential pair pad, located on the surface of the substrate, the second differential pair
  • the bonding pads include a second positive differential bonding pad and a second negative differential bonding pad; the second positive differential bonding pad and the second negative differential bonding pad are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment; and the second positive differential bonding pad
  • the pad and the second negative differential pad are located at the same end of the fourth virtual line segment; wherein the fourth virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential pad and the first negative differential pad on the surface of the substrate.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are simultaneously Interference from the first positive differential pad (or the first negative differential pad).
  • the signals of the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are affected by the first positive differential pad.
  • the interference of the pad is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the interference of the second positive differential pad by the first positive differential pad is 5mV
  • the interference of the second negative differential pad by the first positive differential pad is also 5mV
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad The signals on the pads are different, and the interference can cancel each other out. On the contrary, mutual cancellation of interference can also be achieved.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad.
  • Two differential pairs of pads are coupled; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  • the second differential pair signal line may be located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line, that is, the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line. It is possible to achieve no intersection between the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line. Then, the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line can be arranged on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, thereby reducing the thickness of the substrate and reducing the cost of the substrate.
  • the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are arranged along the first direction; along the second direction, the second differential pair A reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the pad, and the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line; wherein the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are arranged in the reference ground pad array. Only the first positive differential pad and the second differential pad need to be changed. The arrangement pattern of negative differential pads is enough, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
  • the substrate further includes: a first differential pair of vias, located in the substrate; the first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via; the first positive differential via The hole is aligned with the first positive differential pad and coupled to the first positive differential pad; the first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad; Two differential pairs of vias are located in the substrate.
  • the second differential pair of vias includes a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via.
  • the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad and is aligned with the second positive differential via.
  • the two positive differential pads are coupled; the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad and coupled to the second negative differential pad.
  • the first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad
  • the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad, thereby reducing crosstalk between the first differential pair via and the second differential pair via.
  • the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole can be easily prepared, and the layout of the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole is simple.
  • the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between adjacent first differential pair pads and second differential pair pads. A reference ground pad is provided between the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad. The reference ground pad is coupled to the reference ground pad. The reference ground pad can connect the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad. Isolate the pads to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are affected by the first positive differential pad (or the second negative differential pad). The interference from the first positive differential pad (or the first negative differential pad) to the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair pads and a plurality of second differential pair pads, and the plurality of first differential pair pads and the plurality of second differential pair pads are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads of each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads adjacent along the first direction can be reduced or eliminated.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair pads and a plurality of second differential pair pads, and the plurality of first differential pair pads and the plurality of second differential pair pads are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads in each column parallel to the second direction are alternately arranged. In this way, the crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads adjacent along the second direction can be reduced or eliminated.
  • the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the surface of the dielectric layer; the substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes a element accumulation film.
  • the substrate includes stacked multi-layer dielectric layers, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the surface of the multi-layer dielectric layer; the substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the dielectric layer Materials include prepreg. This is a possible application scenario.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the substrate of any one of the first aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a chip packaging structure, which is used to prepare the chip packaging structure of any one of the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic framework diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1B is a stacked diagram of a chip packaging structure and a PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 1C is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 1D is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2A is a schematic diagram illustrating the positional relationship between a differential pair via hole and a differential pair pad according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2B is a schematic diagram illustrating the arrangement of another differential pair via hole and differential pair pad according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement pattern of vias illustrating an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2D is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of solder balls and vias according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3A is a cross-sectional view of a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between a first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 3D is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 3E is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 3F is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4B is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4C is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair via holes and differential pair pads in a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4D is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in yet another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4E is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in yet another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a fan-out route of a differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6A is a schematic diagram of an arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6D is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7A is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in multiple rows and multiple columns provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in multiple rows and multiple columns provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8A is a schematic diagram of an arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8D is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a basic arrangement of vias and pads provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10A is a schematic diagram of a fan-out route of a differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10B is a schematic diagram of the fan-out route of another differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11A is a schematic diagram of a simulation effect of near-end crosstalk provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11B is a schematic diagram of another near-end crosstalk simulation effect provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11C is a schematic diagram of a simulation effect of far-end crosstalk provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11D is a schematic diagram of another far-end crosstalk simulation effect provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 12A-12E are schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between another differential pair pad and a differential pair via provided for embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 13A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first-level differential pair pins in a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 13C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first-level differential pair pins in another chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13D is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the second-stage differential pair pins in a packaging substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 13E is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the second-stage differential pair pins in another packaging substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the third-stage differential pair pins in a download board provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the third-stage differential pair pins in another download board provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of vias in an adapter board provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15C is another stacked pattern of a chip packaging structure and a PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Coupled When describing some embodiments, the expression “coupled” and its derivatives may be used. For example, some embodiments may be described using the term “coupled” to indicate that two or more components are in direct physical or electrical contact. However, the term “coupled” may also refer to two or more components that are not in direct contact with each other, but still cooperate or interact with each other. The embodiments disclosed herein are not necessarily limited by the content herein.
  • Exemplary embodiments are described in the embodiments of the present application with reference to cross-sectional views and/or plan views and/or equivalent circuit diagrams that are idealized exemplary drawings.
  • the thickness of layers and regions are exaggerated for clarity. Accordingly, variations from the shapes in the drawings due, for example, to manufacturing techniques and/or tolerances are contemplated.
  • example embodiments should not be construed as limited to the shapes of regions illustrated herein but are to include deviations in shapes that result from, for example, manufacturing. For example, an etched area shown as a rectangle will typically have curved features. Accordingly, the regions shown in the figures are schematic in nature and their shapes are not intended to illustrate the actual shapes of regions of the device and are not intended to limit the scope of the exemplary embodiments.
  • the electronic equipment is, for example, consumer electronic products, household electronic products, vehicle-mounted electronic products, financial terminal products, and communication electronic products.
  • consumer electronic products include mobile phones, tablets, laptops, e-readers, personal computers (PC), personal digital assistants (PDA), desktop monitors, Smart wearable products (such as smart watches, smart bracelets), virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, drones, etc.
  • Home electronic products include smart door locks, TVs, remote controls, refrigerators, rechargeable small household appliances (such as soymilk machines, sweeping robots), etc.
  • Vehicle-mounted electronic products such as car navigation systems, vehicle-mounted high-density digital video discs (digital video discs, DVDs), etc.
  • Financial terminal products include automated teller machines (ATMs), self-service terminals, etc.
  • Communication electronic products include communication equipment such as servers, memories, and base stations.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not place special restrictions on the specific forms of the above-mentioned electronic devices.
  • the following embodiments take the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example.
  • the electronic device 1 mainly includes a display module 2 , a middle frame 3 , a case (also called a battery cover or a back case) 4 and a cover 5 .
  • the display module 2 has a light-emitting side from which the display screen can be seen and a backside opposite to the light-emitting side.
  • the backside of the display module 2 is close to the middle frame 3 , and the cover 5 is disposed on the light-emitting side of the display module 2 .
  • the above-mentioned display module 2 includes a display panel (DP).
  • the display screen is a liquid crystal display (LCD).
  • the display screen is an organic light-emitting diode (organic lightemitting diode, OLED) display screen.
  • the cover plate 5 is located on the side of the display module 2 away from the middle frame 3.
  • the cover plate 5 can be, for example, cover glass (CG), and the cover glass can have a certain degree of toughness.
  • the middle frame 3 is located between the display module 2 and the housing 4.
  • the surface of the middle frame 3 away from the display module 2 is used to install internal components such as batteries, printed circuit boards (PCB), cameras, and antennas. .
  • internal components such as batteries, printed circuit boards (PCB), cameras, and antennas.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device 1 also includes a chip disposed on the PCB.
  • the chip may include a processor (center processing unit, CPU) chip, a radio frequency chip, a radio frequency power amplifier (power amplifier, PA) chip, or a system-level chip. (system on a chip, SOC), power management integrated circuits (PMIC), memory chips (such as high bandwidth memory (HBM)), audio processor chips, touch screen control chips, NAND flash (flash memory) ), image sensor chips, charging protection chips and other chips.
  • the PCB is used to carry the above-mentioned chips and complete signal interaction with the above-mentioned chips.
  • the chip is disposed on the packaging substrate. After being bonded to the packaging substrate to form a chip packaging structure, the packaging substrate is bonded to the PCB.
  • the chip is disposed on the packaging substrate, the packaging substrate is bonded to the download board to form a chip packaging structure, and the download board is bonded to the PCB.
  • This chip packaging structure may be called a dual substrate packaging structure, for example.
  • the chip is bonded to the adapter board, and after the adapter board and the packaging substrate are bonded to form the chip packaging structure, the packaging substrate is bonded to the PCB.
  • This chip packaging structure may be called a 2.5D packaging structure, for example.
  • the chip can also be directly bonded to the PCB, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • differential signals have good anti-noise and anti-interference capabilities, they are increasingly used as an internal signal transmission method in electronic equipment.
  • the crosstalk between the differential signals will seriously affect the signal quality, thereby affecting product performance.
  • the chip is packaged and more reference ground solder balls are added to the packaging substrate.
  • a reference ground pad and a reference ground via are added to the PCB to isolate the differential signals.
  • a differential pair pad D and a reference ground pad G are provided on the surface of the PCB.
  • the differential pair pad D includes a positive differential pad P and a negative differential pad N.
  • An array of positive differential pads P, negative differential pads N and reference ground pads G is arranged on the same surface of the PCB.
  • a differential pair via H and a reference ground via g are provided inside the PCB.
  • the differential pair via H includes a positive differential via p and a negative differential via n.
  • the positive differential via p is coupled to the positive differential pad P, and the negative via
  • the differential via n is coupled to the negative differential pad N, and the reference ground via g is coupled to the reference ground pad G.
  • the positive differential pad P and the positive differential via p As an example, taking the positive differential pad P and the positive differential via p as an example, the smaller circle with a black edge on the edge represents the positive differential via p, and the larger one with no black edge on the edge represents the positive differential via p.
  • the positive differential pad P and the positive differential via p are arranged in a staggered manner and coupled through fan-out traces, forming a shape similar to a "dog bone”.
  • the negative differential pad N and the negative differential via n are arranged in a staggered manner and coupled through fan-out traces, forming a shape similar to a "dog bone".
  • the reference ground via g is aligned with the reference ground pad G, and the reference ground via g is located below the reference ground pad G, or it can be understood as a matter of skill in the art. People often refer to the via-in-pad structure.
  • the reference ground via g and the reference ground pad G may also be disposed in a staggered manner, or it may be understood that the reference ground via g and the reference ground pad G are coupled through fan-out wiring.
  • a first differential pair pad D1, a second differential pair pad D2 and a reference ground pad G are provided on the surface of the PCB.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1
  • the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2.
  • a first differential pair via hole H1, a second differential pair via hole H2 and a reference ground via hole g are provided inside the PCB.
  • the first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1.
  • the first positive differential via p1 is located below the first positive differential pad P1 and is coupled to the first positive differential pad P1.
  • the first negative differential via n1 is located below the first negative differential pad N1 and is coupled to the first negative differential pad N1.
  • the second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is located below the second positive differential pad P2 and is coupled to the second positive differential pad P2.
  • the second negative differential via n2 is located below the second negative differential pad N2 and coupled to the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the reference ground via g is located below the reference ground pad G and is coupled to the reference ground pad G.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are arranged orthogonally, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged orthogonally.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are orthogonally arranged with the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2, and the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via p1 are arranged orthogonally.
  • the negative differential via n1 is arranged orthogonally with the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are connected to the second positive differential via
  • the hole p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are vertically orthogonal.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are interfered by the second positive differential via p2 (or the second negative differential via n2).
  • the signal difference between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 on the receiving side is affected by the difference between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1.
  • crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated after subtraction.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged orthogonally, in order to avoid trace intersection, the fan-out of the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 requires routing on different layers. , thus leading to an increase in the number of signal line layers in the PCB and packaging substrate, significantly increasing the cost of the PCB and packaging substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are arranged orthogonally, which requires redesigning the package substrate structure and the basic solder ball arrangement array of the package, and is incompatible with the existing package structure. For chip packaging structures with conventional checkerboard solder ball arrangement, crosstalk cannot be effectively reduced.
  • a first differential pair pin M1 , a second differential pair pin M2 and a reference ground pin n3 are provided on the surface of the chip packaging structure.
  • the first differential pair pin M1 includes a first positive differential pin m1 and a first negative differential pin n1
  • the second differential pair pin M2 includes a second positive differential pin m2 and a second negative differential pin n2.
  • the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally. Or it can be understood that the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are orthogonally arranged with the second positive differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin n2.
  • the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are connected with the second positive differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin M2.
  • the differential pin n2 is vertically orthogonal.
  • the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are interfered by the second positive differential pin m2 (or the second negative differential pin n2) in the same way.
  • crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated after subtraction.
  • first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally, there is a second differential pair pin M2 between the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1. There is a first differential pair pin M1 between the differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin n2. Because other signal lines cannot be set between differential pairs of signals. Therefore, in order to avoid wiring interference and intersection, the fan-out of the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 needs to be routed on different layers, resulting in an increase in the number of signal line layers in the PCB and packaging substrate, significantly increasing the PCB and Package substrate cost.
  • first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally, which requires redesigning the package substrate structure and the basic solder ball arrangement array of the package, and is incompatible with the existing package structure. For chip packaging structures with conventional solder ball arrangement schemes, crosstalk cannot be effectively reduced.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a substrate to improve the above problems.
  • the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a signal line layer disposed between adjacent dielectric layers.
  • Figure 3A takes the substrate as a PCB or a download board as an example for illustration.
  • the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be a packaging substrate.
  • the substrate also includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are both located in the substrate.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 both extend along the thickness direction of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can be the through holes shown in Figure 3A.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may also be blind holes.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may extend to the surface of the substrate, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may not extend to the surface of the substrate.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the following examples take the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 as through holes as examples.
  • the via holes proposed in the embodiments of this application refer to conductive holes with a conductive function.
  • the via hole can be a plated through hole (PTH), and a plated hole can also be called a metallized hole, which is a conductive structure formed after the entire hole wall is plated with metal.
  • the via can also be a through silicon via (TSV) or a through glass via (TGV).
  • the substrate is a through-hole plate, that is, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate the substrate, that is, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 Via H2 penetrates each dielectric layer in the substrate.
  • ICT information and communications technology
  • the first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1.
  • the second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. And along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. Or it can be understood that the second differential pair via hole H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via hole H1.
  • the first virtual line segment O1-O1 is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 on the surface of the substrate. It can be understood that one end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 is located at the center of the first positive differential via p1, and the other end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 is located at the center of the first negative differential via n1.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 may be located on the side of the end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 where the first positive differential via p1 is located, or the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via p2 may be located on the side of the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
  • the two negative differential vias n2 are located on the side of the end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 where the first negative differential via n1 is located. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are both arranged on the side of the first positive differential via p1 away from the first negative differential via n1, or the second positive differential via p2 and The second negative differential vias n2 are all arranged on the side of the first negative differential vias n1 away from the first positive differential vias p1.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment. It can be understood that the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via The differential via n2 is not located on both sides of the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via are not provided on both sides of the first differential pair via H1 perpendicular to the first virtual line segment O1-O1 (for example, the dotted rectangular frame area in Figure 3B) n2, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located on one side of the first differential pair via H1, and the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 pass through the first differential pair Holes H1 belong to the positional relationship of adjacent arrangement.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via The second virtual line segment O2-O2 formed by connecting the holes n2 intersects with the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second virtual line segment O2-O2 does not intersect with the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
  • the second virtual line segment O2-O2 is perpendicular to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second virtual line segment O2-O2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment may not be perpendicular, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are non-mirroringly disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment.
  • the distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment is the same as the distance S1 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment.
  • the distance S2 of ′ is not equal.
  • the distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment can be understood as the distance from the center of the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. .
  • the distance S2 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment can be understood as the distance S2 from the center of the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. 'distance.
  • the distance between the second positive differential via p2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the distance between the second negative differential via n2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment are not equal. .
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are mirror-image-disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment.
  • the distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment is the same as the distance S1 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment.
  • is equal to the distance S2. It can also be understood that the distance between the second positive differential via p2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the distance between the second negative differential via n2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment are equal.
  • the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment intersects the second virtual line segment O2-O2.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a direction parallel to the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, and the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along Arranged parallel to the direction of the second virtual line segment O2-O2. Then, the arrangement direction of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 intersects with the arrangement direction of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 can be understood as including the adjacently arranged first positive differential via hole p1 and the first negative differential via hole n1.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, and no other vias are arranged between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 via hole structure.
  • other vias are provided between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 .
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 can be understood as including an adjacent second positive differential via hole p2 and a second negative differential via hole n2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, and no other positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged between them. via hole structure.
  • other vias are provided between the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the extension direction of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 and the second virtual line segment O2-O2.
  • the second differential pair via H2 is located The first differential pair can be on the same side of via H1.
  • the second differential pair via H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via H1.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are located on the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located on the same side of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1.
  • the horizontal direction in the perspective of Figure 3D is defined as the first direction X
  • the vertical direction in the perspective of Figure 3D is defined as the second direction Y.
  • the first direction X and the second direction Y intersect (for example, are perpendicular), and both the first direction X and the second direction Y are perpendicular to the thickness direction of the substrate.
  • the first virtual line segment O1-O1 extends along the first direction X. Then, the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged along the first direction X.
  • the second virtual line segment O2-O2 extends along the second direction Y. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the second direction Y.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged adjacent to each other along the first direction X.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit which of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 is closer to the second differential pair via H2.
  • the first positive differential via p1 is disposed between the first negative differential via n1 and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the first negative differential via n1 is provided between the first positive differential via p1 and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines which of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 in the second differential pair via H2 is located on the extension line O1 of the first virtual line segment
  • the upper side of -O1′ and the lower side of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment are not limited.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is disposed above the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment
  • the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. lower side.
  • the second negative differential via n2 is disposed above the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. ′ Lower side.
  • the first virtual line segment O1-O1 extends along the second direction Y. Then, the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged along the second direction Y.
  • the second virtual line segment O2-O2 extends along the first direction X. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the first direction X.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged adjacent to each other along the second direction Y.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit which of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 is closer to the second differential pair via H2.
  • the first negative differential via n1 is disposed between the first positive differential via p1 and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the first positive differential via p1 may also be provided between the first negative differential via n1 and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines which of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 of the second differential pair via H2 is located on the extension line O1 of the first virtual line segment
  • the left side of -O1′ and the right side of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment are not limited.
  • the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the left side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment
  • the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the left side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment
  • the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the right side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are simultaneously interfered by the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1).
  • the signals of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 cancel each other out, so it can be achieved Reduction of crosstalk.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, so the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via Hole n2 is uniformly interfered by the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1), so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the interference of the second positive differential via p2 by the first positive differential via p1 is 5mV
  • the interference of the second negative differential via n2 by the first positive differential via p1 is also 5mV
  • the interference of the second positive differential via p2 is also 5mV.
  • the signals transmitted by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are signals with opposite polarities. Therefore, according to the opposite polarity characteristics, the interference of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 on the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1) also cancels each other, so that Achieve crosstalk reduction.
  • the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via
  • the interference of the via n1) by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
  • the interference of the first positive differential via p1 by the second positive differential via p2 is 5mV
  • the interference of the first positive differential via p1 by the second negative differential via n2 is -5mV.
  • the interference of 5mV and -5mV can be Cancel each other out.
  • the fan-out traces of the first differential pair via H1 and the fan-out traces of the second differential pair via H2 will not intersect. , can be set up on the same layer, without increasing the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, which can reduce the thickness of the substrate and reduce the cost of the substrate.
  • the substrate also includes a first differential pair pad D1, a second differential pair pad D2, and a reference ground pad G.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1.
  • the first negative differential pad N1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1.
  • the first negative differential via n1 is coupled.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are arranged adjacently along the first direction X.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are arranged adjacently along the second direction Y.
  • a reference ground pad G may be provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 , the reference ground pad G may not be provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1.
  • Figures 4A and 4B are only illustrations without any limitation.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the positional relationship and coupling method between the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 Arranged in a staggered manner with the first positive differential via p1, the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 are coupled through wires.
  • the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are coupled through wires.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 are arranged in a staggered manner. It can be understood that along the thickness direction of the substrate, the first positive differential via p1 is not disposed on the first positive differential via p1. Directly below disk P1.
  • the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a staggered manner. It can be understood that along the thickness direction of the substrate, the first negative differential via n1 is not disposed directly below the first negative differential pad N1.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific position of the first positive differential via p1.
  • four pads are provided at the four top corners of the first positive differential via p1.
  • the distance from the differential via p1 to the four pads is equal.
  • Four soldering pads are provided at four top corners of the first negative differential via n1, and the first negative differential via n1 is equidistant from the four soldering pads.
  • the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2, and the second positive differential pad P2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2. , the second negative differential pad N2 is coupled to the second negative differential via n2.
  • the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are adjacently disposed along the first direction X.
  • the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged adjacently along the second direction Y.
  • a reference ground pad G may be provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 , the reference ground pad G may not be provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the positional relationship and coupling method between the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the second positive differential pair The via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2
  • the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is located below the second positive differential pad P2
  • the second negative differential via n2 is located below the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the orthographic projection of the second positive differential via p2 on the substrate surface is located within the orthographic projection of the second positive differential pad P2 on the substrate surface.
  • the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential pad P2 may be larger than the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential via p2, and the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential pad P2 may also be equal to the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential via p2. .
  • the orthographic projection of the second negative differential via n2 on the substrate surface is located within the orthographic projection of the second negative differential pad N2 on the substrate surface.
  • the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential pad N2 may be greater than the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential via n2, and the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential pad N2 may also be equal to the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential via n2 .
  • the second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 are coupled through wires. catch.
  • the second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 are coupled through wires.
  • FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D are illustrated by taking the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 symmetrically disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment as an example. , but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and the positions of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can be reasonably adjusted.
  • the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and a plurality of reference ground pads G array are arranged on the substrate. s surface.
  • the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and the plurality of reference ground pad G arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. It can be understood that That is, along the first direction X, the distance between adjacent pads (for example, between the reference ground pad G and the first positive differential pad P1) is equal. Along the second direction Y, the distance between adjacent pads (eg, between adjacent reference ground pads G) is equal.
  • the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application has the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad The pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and the multiple reference ground pad G arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. There is no need to change the solder ball arrangement of the chip package structure to be bonded to the substrate, and it is compatible with existing The chip packaging structure of the checkerboard solder ball arrangement scheme has a wide range of applications.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are disposed immediately adjacent to each other, and no reference ground pad G is disposed between them.
  • a reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • a reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2. It can be understood that the projection of the reference ground pad G on the substrate surface is located between the projections of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 on the substrate surface.
  • one or more rows of reference ground pads G may be provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • FIG. 4E is only an illustration without any limitation.
  • a reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the reference ground pad G is coupled to the reference ground via hole.
  • the reference ground pad G can connect the first differential pair via hole H1 to the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are isolated to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not make a limit on whether the reference ground pad G and the reference ground via holes are arranged in a staggered manner, or whether the reference ground pad G and the reference ground via holes are arranged in alignment. Just set it up. An example of the arrangement of the reference ground vias will be given later.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1.
  • the first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 are immediately disposed on the same signal line layer, and are on the same signal line layer. No other signal lines are provided between the first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 in the signal line layer.
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2.
  • the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are immediately arranged on the same signal line layer. And no other signal lines are provided between the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 in the signal line layer.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1, and the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2. That is to say, the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1, and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1.
  • the second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2, and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 is coupled to the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are located on the same dielectric layer.
  • the first positive differential signal line Lp1, the first negative differential signal line Ln1, the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are arranged on the same layer.
  • the first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 They are arranged closely together without the second positive differential signal line Lp2 or the second negative differential signal line Ln2 between them.
  • the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, without the first positive differential signal line Lp1 or the first negative differential signal line Ln1 between them.
  • first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 illustrated in FIG. 5 is only an illustration without any limitation.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are disposed on the same side of the first differential pair via H1. Therefore, the first virtual line segment O1-O1 does not intersect the second virtual line segment O2-O2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can be placed on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate and thin the substrate.
  • the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pair vias H2 , a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pairs.
  • the via holes H2 are arranged along the first direction X.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of first differential vias and second differential vias.
  • the number of first differential vias and the number of second differential vias are equal is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the numbers of the first differential vias and the second differential vias may also be unequal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and the plurality of second differential pair vias H2 are arranged along the first direction H1 and the second differential pair via H2 are enough.
  • a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in a line.
  • the row direction is a direction parallel to the first direction X.
  • a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are at least partially arranged in an alternating pattern.
  • first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pair vias H2 are alternately arranged along the first direction X, which means that along the first direction X, there is one first differential via and one second differential via.
  • the vias are arranged alternately.
  • the two first differential pair via holes H1 will not be adjacent, nor will the two second differential pair via holes H2 be adjacent.
  • crosstalk can be achieved between any two adjacent differential vias along the first direction X. Reduce to meet system requirements for crosstalk.
  • the second differential pair via hole H2, the second differential pair via hole H2, and the first differential pair via hole H1 are regularly arranged.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 that are arranged adjacently are sufficient.
  • FIGS. 6A to 6C The arrangement of the plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and the plurality of second differential pair vias H2 illustrated in FIGS. 6A to 6C is only a schematic and is not subject to any limitation. It can be set appropriately as needed.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 regardless of the regular arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, in some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C , at least some of the adjacent first differential pair via holes are The reference ground pad G may not be disposed between H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, and the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole are disposed closely adjacent to each other.
  • a reference ground pad G may be provided between at least part of the adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
  • a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row. You may refer to the above description of the multiple first differential pair via holes H1 and the multiple second differential pair via holes H1. Schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 when the vias H2 are arranged in a row.
  • the arrangement rules of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the arrangement rules of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row are the same.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are not adjacently arranged.
  • the substrate also includes adjacently arranged first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2.
  • the substrate along the second direction Y, the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2 that are adjacently arranged.
  • the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2 that are adjacently arranged.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the second direction Y, and the first positive differential via hole p1 and the first negative differential via hole n1 are arranged along the second direction Y. cloth, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the first direction X.
  • the first positive differential via p1 is coupled to the first positive differential pad P1, and the first negative differential via n1 is coupled to the first negative differential pad N1.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is coupled to the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is coupled to the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not include the relative positional relationship between the first positive differential via p1 and the first positive differential pad P1, the relative positional relationship between the first negative differential via n1 and the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential via
  • the relative positional relationship between the differential via p2 and the second positive differential pad P2 and the relative positional relationship between the second negative differential via n2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are not limited, and are only an illustration in FIG. 7C .
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 in Figure 7B can be equivalent to the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 7C.
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 7B The pair of vias H2 may be equivalent to the first differential pair of vias H1 in FIG. 7C , except that the names are different.
  • FIG. 7B when a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate, the arrangement along the first direction
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 arranged along the second direction Y.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 illustrated in Figure 7B can be understood as the structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 shown in Figure 6A- Figure 6D
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 shown in FIG. 7B can be understood as the first differential pair via hole H1 in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D .
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are alternately arranged in each row.
  • the first differential pair via holes H1 and the second differential pair via holes H2 are alternately arranged in each column.
  • crosstalk between any adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated.
  • crosstalk between any closely adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated.
  • the crosstalk elimination effect in the entire substrate is good, which can meet the requirements of products with high crosstalk elimination requirements.
  • the above describes the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2.
  • the positional relationship between the reference ground via hole and the reference ground pad G in the substrate is described.
  • the relative positional relationship between the reference ground via hole and the reference ground pad G can be reasonably set as needed, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias g1 , and the first reference ground vias g1 are coupled to the reference ground pad G.
  • the first reference ground via hole g1 the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are all located in the substrate.
  • the first reference ground via hole g1 may be a through hole or a blind hole.
  • the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 are arranged in a staggered manner.
  • the reference ground pad G is immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad D1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below.
  • the first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1 and located on the left side of the first positive differential pad P1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first positive differential pad P1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first negative differential pad N1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first negative differential pad N1.
  • first reference ground vias g1 are provided around the first differential pair via hole H1.
  • the first reference ground via hole g1 is aligned with the reference ground pad G, and the reference ground pad G only needs to cover the first reference ground via hole g1.
  • the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 are arranged in a staggered manner.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pads G immediately adjacent to the pad D1.
  • the first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential pad P1 immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential pad P1 immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential pad N1 immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential pad N1 immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1.
  • first reference ground vias g1 are provided around the first differential pair via hole H1.
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the first reference ground via g1 may be located between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the first reference ground via g1 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and it can be arranged reasonably as needed. .
  • a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the first reference ground via g1 may be located between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the first reference ground via g1 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and the layout can be reasonably arranged as needed. Can.
  • the first reference ground via g1 and the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 should be spaced apart to avoid short circuits.
  • the above-mentioned arrangement of the first reference ground via g1, the reference ground pad G, and the first differential pair pad D1 provided by the embodiment of the present application can, on the one hand, obtain impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines. Regarding the layout of the differential pair signal lines, the following is a detailed illustration.
  • the third differential via hole H2 on the periphery of the second differential pair is misaligned.
  • the arrangement of the two reference ground vias can also refer to the above description about the first reference ground via g1.
  • the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias g2, and the second reference ground vias g2 are coupled to the reference ground pad G.
  • the second reference ground via hole g2 is located in the substrate, and the second reference ground via hole g2 may be a through hole or a blind hole.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G on one side immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the left reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the right reference ground pad G adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the second reference ground via g2 may be located between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the second reference ground via g2 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and it can be arranged appropriately according to needs. .
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the second reference ground via g2 may be located between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the second reference ground via g2 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and the layout can be reasonably arranged as needed. Can.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • the second reference ground via hole g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (upper side) of the second positive differential pad P2 away from the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (lower side) of the second negative differential pad N2 away from the second positive differential pad P2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided in alignment with the lower side of the reference ground pad G which is immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • the second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G that is immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is also aligned below the reference ground pad G that is adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the left reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the right reference ground pad G adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second negative differential pad N2.
  • a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (upper side) of the second positive differential pad P2 away from the second negative differential pad N2, and is located at A second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G on the side (lower side) of the second negative differential pad N2 away from the second positive differential pad P2.
  • the first reference on the periphery of the first differential pair via H1 may also refer to the above description about the second reference ground via hole g2.
  • the arrangement of the second reference ground via g2, the reference ground pad G, and the second differential pair pad D2 provided by the embodiment of the present application can, on the one hand, improve the impedance continuity in the reference ground pad G. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines. Regarding the layout of the differential pair signal lines, the following is a detailed illustration.
  • first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D1 in the substrate Pad D2 is also arranged in multiple rows and columns.
  • the arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in each row can be as shown in Figure 8A or Figure 8B , and the second reference ground on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in each row.
  • the arrangement of vias g2 can be as shown in Figure 8C or Figure 8D.
  • the arrangement of the first reference ground vias g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the same row may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the first reference ground vias g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in different rows may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the second reference ground vias g2 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in the same row may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the second reference ground vias g2 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in different rows may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in two rows and multiple columns.
  • the arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the up row can be referred to as shown in Figure 8A
  • the second reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second reference on the periphery of the pad G can be referred to as shown in Figure 8D.
  • the arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the downstream direction can be referred to as shown in Figure 8B, and the second reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second reference on the periphery of the pad G.
  • the arrangement of the ground via g2 can be referred to as shown in Figure 8C.
  • the substrate further includes a first signal line layer provided with a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the first row
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row are adjacent to the outlet edge of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the first row. It can be understood that the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1 in the first row.
  • the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1 in the first row.
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2 in the first row. It can be understood that the second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2 in the first row.
  • the two negative differential signal lines Ln2 are coupled to the second negative differential via n2 in the first row.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 extends between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 to the outlet edge of the substrate, and the second differential pair signal line L2 passes through the second positive pair. Between the differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2, it extends to the outlet edge of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are located inside the substrate. Therefore, as shown in Figure 10A, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 in the first signal line layer and the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2 should be arranged in a staggered manner. , the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are not coupled to the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2.
  • the substrate further includes a second signal line layer, and the second signal line layer is also provided with a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
  • the first signal line layer and the second signal line layer may be the same signal line layer, and the first signal line layer and the second signal line layer may be different signal line layers.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 in the second signal line layer is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the second row.
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair signal line L2 in the second row.
  • Differential pair via H2 is coupled.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the second row are provided on the side of the first row of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 away from the outlet edge of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the second row.
  • the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1 in the second row.
  • the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1 in the second row.
  • the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2 in the second row.
  • the second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2 in the second row.
  • the two negative differential signal lines Ln2 are coupled to the second negative differential via n2 in the second row.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 extend between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row to the outgoing line of the substrate. side.
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can extend to the outlet edge of the substrate through the same pair of first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2 in the first row. As shown in FIG. 10B , the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 may also extend between different pairs of first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2 in the first row. The outlet side of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are located inside the substrate. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10B , the first and second differential pair signal lines L1 and L2 in the second signal line layer are misaligned with the first and second reference ground vias g1 and g2 .
  • the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can be arranged in different ways.
  • the first reference ground The via g1 and the second reference ground via g2 can also be arranged in different ways.
  • the embodiment of this application illustrates the arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 and the second reference ground via g2, and the first differential The arrangement of the signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 is only an illustration without any limitation.
  • the near-end crosstalk (NEXT) of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 is as shown in the figure
  • the near-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application is significantly reduced.
  • the abscissa in Figure 11A is frequency, and the ordinate is near-end crosstalk.
  • the near-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 is as shown in Figure 11B.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H1 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application The near-end crosstalk on via H2 is significantly reduced.
  • the far-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 is as shown in Figure 11D.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H1 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application The near-end crosstalk on via H2 is significantly reduced.
  • the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application without changing the pad array arrangement on the surface of the substrate, by reasonably setting the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate, it can be realized
  • the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 reduce or eliminate near-end crosstalk and far-end crosstalk.
  • the fan-out method of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate can be reduced.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the above-mentioned substrate.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via hole H1, the second differential pair via hole H2, the first differential pair bonding pad D1, and the second differential pair bonding pad D2 in the substrate. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1, the second differential pair via H2, the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair pad D2 satisfy the above schematic positional relationship.
  • the main difference between this example and Example 1 is that in this example, the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are under-disk hole structures, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole are H2 is the subplate hole structure.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a substrate. As shown in FIG. 12A , the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2.
  • the first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1.
  • the second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
  • the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via hole H1.
  • Example 1 The structure and positional relationship between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are the same as Example 1. Please refer to the relevant description in Example 1.
  • the substrate also includes a first differential pair pad D1 and a second differential pair pad D2.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 is located on the surface of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1; the first positive differential via p1 and the first positive differential pad P1 is aligned and coupled to the first positive differential pad P1.
  • the first negative differential via n1 is aligned with the first negative differential pad N1 and coupled to the first negative differential pad N1.
  • the second differential pair pad D2 is located on the surface of the substrate.
  • the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2; the second positive differential via p2 and the second positive differential pad P2 is aligned and coupled to the second positive differential pad P2.
  • the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2 and coupled to the second negative differential pad N2.
  • the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 have an under-disk hole structure
  • the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 have an under-disk hole structure
  • the second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 have an under-disk hole structure
  • the second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 have an under-disk hole structure.
  • the arrangement rules of the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are the same, and the arrangement rules of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are the same.
  • the first differential via and the second differential via can be easily prepared, and the first differential via hole and second differential via layout is simple.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are disposed in close proximity.
  • the substrate also includes a reference ground pad G located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between the adjacent first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 G.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the first direction X, and the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 arranged along the first direction X.
  • a reference ground pad G is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad D2, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line.
  • the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. It can be understood that both the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are located on the same straight line as the reference ground pad G.
  • the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. Then the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged in an array with the reference ground pad G. Only the first positive differential pad needs to be changed. The arrangement of the differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 is sufficient, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the first direction X, and the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 is arranged along the first direction X.
  • a reference ground pad G is provided on at least one side of the first positive differential pair pad, and the first positive differential pair pad and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line.
  • first differential pair pad D1 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. It can be understood that both the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are located on the same straight line as the reference ground pad G.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line, then the array arrangement of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G only needs to be changed.
  • the arrangement of the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 is sufficient, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can also be arranged along the second direction Y.
  • the structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 For the relationship, reference can be made to the structural relationship between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 when they are arranged along the first direction X, which will not be described again here.
  • a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 in Figure 12E can be equivalent to the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 12D
  • the pair of vias H2 may be equivalent to the first differential pair of vias H1 in FIG. 12D , except that the names are different.
  • FIG. 12E when a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate, the arrangement along the first direction
  • first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 arranged along the second direction Y.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 illustrated in Figure 12E can be understood as the structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 shown in Figure 12A- Figure 12C
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 shown in FIG. 12E can be understood as the first differential pair via hole H1 in FIG. 12A to FIG. 12C .
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are alternately arranged in each row.
  • the first differential pair via holes H1 and the second differential pair via holes H2 are alternately arranged in each column.
  • crosstalk between any adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated.
  • crosstalk between any closely adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated.
  • the crosstalk elimination effect in the entire substrate is good, which can meet the requirements of products with higher crosstalk elimination requirements.
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the reference ground pad G are not located on the same straight line.
  • the first positive differential via p1 and the two reference ground pads G on its left side form an isosceles triangle
  • the first negative differential via n1 and the two reference ground pads G on its right side form an isosceles triangle.
  • the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize the first differential by changing the arrangement pattern of the pads on the surface of the substrate and by reasonably setting the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate. Reduce or eliminate near-end crosstalk and far-end crosstalk on via H1 and the second differential pair via H2. On this basis, both the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 adopt an under-disk hole structure, which can simplify the process.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the above-mentioned substrate.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via hole H1, the second differential pair via hole H2, the first differential pair bonding pad D1, and the second differential pair bonding pad D2 in the substrate. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1, the second differential pair via H2, the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair pad D2 satisfy the above schematic positional relationship.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a substrate, which may be a packaging substrate, a PCB or a download board. Please continue to refer to FIG. 12A.
  • the substrate includes a first differential pair pad D1 and a second differential pair pad D2 located on the surface of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1
  • the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2.
  • the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment; and the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are located on the fourth virtual line segment. of the same end.
  • the fourth virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 on the surface of the substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 may refer to the related description of the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 in Example 2.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair via H1 and a second differential pair via H2.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the relative positional relationship between the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 and the relative positional relationship between the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2.
  • the relative positional relationship between the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 and the relative positional relationship between the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2 can be referred to Example 2. The relevant descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line.
  • the first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad D1
  • the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair pad D2.
  • the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  • first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line may also be located in the substrate and arranged in different layers.
  • the substrate further includes a reference ground pad G.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes any of the substrates illustrated in Examples 1 and 2.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes a chip packaging structure and a PCB.
  • the chip packaging structure is disposed on the PCB, and the chip packaging structure is electrically connected to the PCB.
  • the chip packaging structure provided by embodiments of the present application includes a chip and a packaging substrate.
  • the packaging substrate is any of the substrates shown in Example 1 and Example 2.
  • the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer (core).
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate the core layer.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 pass through the dielectric layer.
  • the blind and buried holes in the chip lead out the signal.
  • the material of the dielectric layer includes Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF), and the material of the core layer includes prepreg.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may be buried vias.
  • the chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin A1 and a first-level second differential pair pin A2.
  • the first-level first differential pair pin A1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1.
  • the first-level second differential pair pin A1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1.
  • the differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 to achieve electrical connection between the chip and the packaging substrate.
  • the chip packaging structure also includes a second-level first differential pair pin B1 and a second-level second differential pair pin B2 located on the side of the packaging substrate away from the chip.
  • the second-level first differential pair pin B1 is connected to the second-level first differential pair pin B1 in the packaging substrate.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 is coupled, and the second stage second differential pair pin B2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate.
  • the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate.
  • the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage can be coupled to the first differential pair pin A1 of the packaging substrate.
  • the differential pair pad D1 is bonded to realize coupling of the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate.
  • the first-stage first differential pair pin A1 includes the first-stage first positive differential pin ap1 and the first-stage first negative differential pin an1.
  • the first-level first positive differential pin ap1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the first-level first positive differential pin ap1 with the first positive differential via p1.
  • the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage and the first negative differential via n1.
  • first-stage second differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate.
  • first-stage second differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair in the packaging substrate.
  • Pad D2 is bonded to achieve coupling between the first-stage second differential pair pin A2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the package substrate.
  • the first-stage second differential pair pin A2 includes a first-stage second positive differential pin ap2 and a first-stage second negative differential pin an2.
  • the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level and the second positive differential via p2.
  • the second negative differential pin an2 of the first stage is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the second negative differential pin an2 of the first stage and the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage is provided correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the packaging substrate, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage is arranged correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the packaging substrate, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the chip also includes a first-level reference ground pin G1, a first-level first positive differential pin ap1, a first-level first negative differential pin an1,
  • the arrangement pattern of the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level and the second negative differential pin an2 of the first level is consistent with the reference ground pin, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1,
  • the arrangement rules of the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are the same. Please refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the first level reference ground pin G1 the first level first positive differential pin ap1, the first level first negative differential pin an1, the first level second positive differential pin ap2
  • the array arrangement of the first-stage and second negative differential pin an2 the first level reference ground pin G1
  • the first level first positive differential pin ap1 the first level first negative differential pin an1
  • the first level second positive differential pin ap2 the array arrangement of the first-stage and second negative differential pin an2.
  • the first-stage second positive differential pin ap2 and the first-stage second negative differential pin an2 are located in the same row as the first-stage reference ground pin G1, and the first-stage first The positive differential pin ap1 and the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage are not located in the same row as the first stage reference ground pin G1.
  • the first positive differential pin ap1 of the first stage and the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G1 of the first stage, and the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first stage and The first-stage second negative differential pin an2 and the first-stage reference ground pin G1 are not located in the same row.
  • the PCB is any of the substrates illustrated in Example 1 and Example 2.
  • the material of the dielectric layer in the PCB includes prepreg, and the material of each dielectric layer may be the same, for example.
  • first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate respectively
  • second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB.
  • the second differential pair via hole H2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate are respectively coupled to achieve electrical connection between the chip packaging structure and the PCB.
  • first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB, for example, it can be the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage and the first differential butt welding in the PCB.
  • the pad D1 is bonded to realize the coupling of the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the first differential pair via H1.
  • the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 includes a second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 and a second-stage first negative differential pin bn1.
  • the second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 with the first positive differential via p1.
  • the second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 with the first negative differential via n1.
  • the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is coupled to the second differential pair via H2.
  • the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage can be bonded to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB. , to realize the coupling between the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage includes a second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage and a second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage.
  • the second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the PCB to realize the coupling of the second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage with the second positive differential via p2.
  • the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage with the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is arranged correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is set correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the chip also includes a second-level reference ground pin, a second-level first positive differential pin bp1, a second-level first negative differential pin bn1, a second-level first reference ground pin,
  • the arrangement pattern of the second positive differential pin bp2 and the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage is consistent with the reference ground pin G, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, and the second
  • the arrangement rules of the positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are the same. You can refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2 and will not repeat them here.
  • the second level reference ground pin G2 the second level first positive differential pin bp1, the second level first negative differential pin bn1, the second level second positive differential pin bp2 And the second stage second negative differential pin bn2 array arrangement.
  • the second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage and the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage, and the first The positive differential pin bp1 and the second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 are not located in the same row as the second-stage reference ground pin G2.
  • the first positive differential pin bp1 of the second stage and the first negative differential pin bn1 of the second stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage, and the second positive differential pins bp2 and The second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage and the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage are not located in the same row.
  • the chip packaging structure further includes a download board.
  • the download board is any of the substrates shown in Example 1 and Example 2.
  • the material of the dielectric layer in the download board includes prepreg.
  • the material of each dielectric layer may be the same.
  • the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate at least one dielectric layer.
  • the download board is disposed between the packaging substrate and the PCB, and is coupled to the packaging substrate and the PCB respectively to achieve coupling between the packaging substrate and the PCB.
  • the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the second-stage second differential pair pin B2 are not directly coupled to the PCB.
  • the chip is coupled to the packaging substrate through the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage and the second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage.
  • the packaging substrate is coupled to the packaging substrate through the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage and the second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage.
  • the secondary second differential pair pin B2 is coupled to the download board.
  • the chip packaging structure also includes a third-level first differential pair pin C1 and a third-level second differential pair pin C2 located on the side of the download board away from the packaging substrate.
  • the third-level first differential pair pin C1 is connected to the download board.
  • the first differential pair via H1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the PCB respectively
  • the third stage second differential pair pin C2 is connected to the second differential pair via H2 in the download board and the second differential pair in the PCB.
  • the holes H2 are respectively coupled to realize the electrical connection between the download board and the PCB.
  • the third-level first differential pair pin C1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB, for example, the third-level first differential pair pin C1 is coupled to the first differential pair pad in the PCB. D1 bonding to achieve coupling between the third-level first differential pair pin C1 and the first differential pair via H1 in the PCB.
  • the third-stage first differential pair pin C1 includes a third-stage first positive differential pin cp1 and a third-stage first negative differential pin cn1.
  • the third-level first positive differential pin cp1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the third-level first positive differential pin cp1 with the first positive differential via p1.
  • the third-level first negative differential pin cn1 is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the PCB to achieve coupling between the third-level first negative differential pin cn1 and the first negative differential via n1.
  • the third-level second differential pair pin C2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2.
  • the third-level second differential pair pin C2 can be bonded to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB. , to achieve coupling between the third-stage second differential pair pin C2 and the second differential pair via H2.
  • the third-stage second differential pair pin C2 includes a third-stage second positive differential pin cp2 and a third-stage second negative differential pin cn2.
  • the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 with the second positive differential via p2.
  • the third-level second negative differential pin cn2 is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the PCB to achieve coupling between the third-level second negative differential pin cn2 and the second negative differential via n2.
  • the first differential pair pin C1 of the third stage is arranged correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the second differential pair pin C2 of the third stage is set correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
  • the chip also includes a third-level reference ground pin G3, a third-level first positive differential pin cp1, a third-level first negative differential pin cn1, and a third-level first positive differential pin cn1.
  • the arrangement pattern of the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 and the third-level second negative differential pin cn2 is consistent with the reference ground pin in the PCB, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, and the The two positive differential pads P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged in the same manner. Please refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the second positive differential pin cp2 of the third stage and the second negative differential pin cn2 of the third stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G3 of the third stage, and the first The positive differential pin cp1 and the third-stage first negative differential pin cn1 are not located in the same row as the third-stage reference ground pin G3.
  • the third-stage first positive differential pin cp1 and the third-stage first negative differential pin cn1 are in the same row as the third-stage reference ground pin G3, and the third-stage second positive differential pin cp2 and The second negative differential pin cn2 of the third stage and the reference ground pin G3 of the third stage are not located in the same row.
  • the above-mentioned first-stage first differential pair pin A1, first-stage second differential pair pin A2, second-stage differential first pair pin, and second-stage second differential pair pin B2, the third-level first differential pair pin C1 and the third-level second differential pair pin C2 can be solder bumps (solder bumps), solder balls (solder balls), or copper pillars (Cu pillars).
  • the chip packaging structure further includes an interposer.
  • the interposer is disposed between the chip and the packaging substrate.
  • the interposer is coupled to the chip and the packaging substrate respectively.
  • the material of the adapter board includes silicon
  • the chip packaging structure can be understood as a through-silicon via interposer 2.5D packaging (chip-on-wafer-on-substrate, CoWoS) structure.
  • the material of the adapter board includes glass
  • the chip packaging structure can be understood as a glass through hole interposer 2.5D packaging (chip on glass-on-substrate, CoGoS) structure.
  • the material of the adapter board includes ceramics
  • the chip packaging structure can be understood as a ceramic through-hole interposer 2.5D packaging (chip on ceramics-on-substrate, CoCoS) structure.
  • the adapter board also includes a third differential pair via hole H3 and a fourth differential pair via hole H4 located in the adapter board.
  • the third differential pair via hole H3 and the fourth differential pair via hole H4 pass through the adapter board. Connect the board.
  • the third differential pair via H3 includes a third positive differential via p3 and a third negative differential via n3
  • the fourth differential pair via H4 includes a fourth positive differential via p4 and a fourth negative differential via. Via n4.
  • the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O3-O3′ of the third virtual line segment, along with the third virtual line segment O3-O3.
  • the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are located at the same end of the third virtual line segment O3-O3.
  • the third virtual line segment is a virtual line segment O3-O3 connecting the third positive differential via p3 and the third negative differential via n3 on the surface of the adapter board.
  • the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are symmetrically disposed on both sides of the extension line O3-O3' of the third virtual line segment.
  • the adapter board further includes a third reference ground via g3 , and the third reference ground via g3 is located in the adapter board.
  • the structure and position of the third differential pair via hole H3 in the adapter board please refer to the relevant description of the first differential pair via hole H1 in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the structure and position of the fourth differential pair via H4 please refer to the relevant descriptions of the second differential pair via H2 in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the structure and location of the third reference ground via g3 please refer to the relevant descriptions of the first reference ground via g1 and the second reference ground via g2 in Examples 1 and 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the package substrate are under-disk hole structures
  • the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are It is also a subplate hole structure.
  • no rewiring layer may be provided between the chip and the adapter board, and no rewiring layer may be provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
  • a rewiring layer can also be provided between the chip and the adapter board, and a rewiring layer can also be provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
  • the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged in a staggered manner.
  • a first redistribution layer RDL1 is provided between the chip and the adapter board, and a second redistribution layer RDL2 is also provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
  • the first redistribution layer RDL1 is coupled to the first-level first differential pair pin A1 and the first-level second differential pair pin A2 close to the chip side.
  • the first redistribution layer RDL1 is close to the adapter board side and is coupled to the third The differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 are coupled.
  • the second redistribution layer RDL2 is coupled to the third differential pair via hole H3 and the fourth differential pair via hole H4 on the side close to the transfer board.
  • the second redistribution layer RDL2 is connected to the first differential pair in the packaging substrate on the side close to the package substrate.
  • Pad D1 (not shown in the figure) is coupled to a second differential pair pad D2 (not shown in the figure).
  • the electronic device further includes a connector (socket) located between the chip packaging structure and the PCB.
  • the connector is located between the packaging substrate and the PCB.
  • the side of the connector close to the packaging substrate is provided with pins respectively coupled to the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the second-stage second differential pair pin B2.
  • the connector is provided with pins coupled to the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 on a side close to the PCB.
  • the connector is located between the download board and the PCB, and the side of the connector close to the download board is provided with the first differential pair pin C1 of the third stage and the second differential pair pin C2 of the third stage respectively. Coupling pins, the side of the connector close to the PCB is provided with pins corresponding to and coupled to the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 respectively.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a chip packaging structure, which is used to prepare any of the above chip packaging structures.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, or the third differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 in the chip packaging structure. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, or the third differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 in the chip packaging structure satisfy the above schematic positional relationship.
  • the electronic device includes the substrate shown in Example 3, the coupling relationship between each part of the chip packaging structure and the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 in the substrate of Example 3 can be as described above.
  • the coupling relationship between various parts of the chip packaging structure is the same as that of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 in the substrate of Example 1 or Example 2, and will not be described again here.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Structure Of Printed Boards (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of semiconductors. Provided are a substrate and a preparation method therefor, a chip package structure, and an electronic device, which reduce crosstalk between differential pair of signals in an electronic device. The substrate comprises a first differential pair of vias and a second differential pair of vias, which are located in the substrate, wherein the first differential pair of vias include a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via; the second differential pair of vias include a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via; and the first positive differential via, the first negative differential via, the the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are in a T-shaped arrangement, and the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are respectively arranged on two sides of an extension line of a first virtual line segment, for example, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on two sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment. The first virtual line segment is a virtual line segment that connects a projection of the first positive differential via with a projection of the first negative differential via on the surface of the substrate.

Description

基板及其制备方法、芯片封装结构、电子设备Substrate and preparation method thereof, chip packaging structure, electronic equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及半导体技术领域,尤其涉及一种基板及其制备方法、芯片封装结构、电子设备。The present application relates to the field of semiconductor technology, and in particular to a substrate and its preparation method, a chip packaging structure, and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
差分信号具有良好的抗噪声、抗干扰能力,越来越多的作为电子设备内部信号传输方式。所谓差分信号是指使用两根信号线传输的一路信号,两根信号线上的两个信号振幅相同,相位相反。差分信号既可以是模拟信号,也可以是数字信号。Differential signals have good anti-noise and anti-interference capabilities, and are increasingly used as an internal signal transmission method in electronic equipment. The so-called differential signal refers to a signal transmitted using two signal lines. The two signals on the two signal lines have the same amplitude and opposite phase. Differential signals can be either analog or digital.
为了实现差分信号的传输,通常采用包括两个差分信号端的差分对进行差分信号传输。但是相邻差分对之间通常会产生串扰,从而影响各个差分对传输的差分信号的完整性。In order to realize the transmission of differential signals, a differential pair including two differential signal terminals is usually used for differential signal transmission. However, crosstalk usually occurs between adjacent differential pairs, thereby affecting the integrity of the differential signals transmitted by each differential pair.
在高速差分信号领域(如串行器、解串器、数/模转换器、模/数转换器、时钟等领域),差分对间的串扰已经成为限制器件性能进一步提升的关键因素。In the field of high-speed differential signals (such as serializers, deserializers, digital-to-analog converters, analog-to-digital converters, clocks, etc.), crosstalk between differential pairs has become a key factor limiting further improvement in device performance.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种基板及其制备方法、芯片封装结构、电子设备,用于降低电子设备中差分对信号间的串扰。Embodiments of the present application provide a substrate and a preparation method thereof, a chip packaging structure, and electronic equipment, which are used to reduce crosstalk between differential pairs of signals in electronic equipment.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above purpose, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
本申请实施例的第一方面,提供一种基板,基板可以为PCB、下载板、或者封装基板。基板包括位于基板内的第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔。第一差分对过孔包括第一正差分过孔和第一负差分过孔;第二差分对过孔包括第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔。第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔错位排布,第一差分对过孔的连线和第二差分对过孔的连线不相交,第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔程T字形排布。也就是说,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧(例如上下两侧);且第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔位于第一虚拟线段的同一端(例如左端或者右端)。其中,第一虚拟线段是将第一正差分过孔在基板表面的投影和第一负差分过孔在基板表面的投影相连的虚拟线段。A first aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a substrate. The substrate may be a PCB, a download board, or a packaging substrate. The substrate includes a first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole located within the substrate. The first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via; the second differential pair of vias includes a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via. The via holes of the first differential pair and the via holes of the second differential pair are arranged in a staggered manner. The connection line of the via holes of the first differential pair and the connection line of the via holes of the second differential pair do not intersect. The via holes of the first differential pair and the via holes of the second differential pair do not intersect. The via holes are arranged in a T shape. That is to say, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are respectively provided on both sides (for example, the upper and lower sides) of the extension line of the first virtual line segment; and the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via The holes are located at the same end (such as the left end or the right end) of the first virtual line segment. The first virtual line segment is a virtual line segment that connects the projection of the first positive differential via hole on the surface of the substrate and the projection of the first negative differential via hole on the surface of the substrate.
本申请实施例提供的基板,通过将第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔同时受到第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)的干扰。根据差分信号的特性,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔的信号作差,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔受到的干扰相互抵消,因此可实现串扰的减小。在第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧的情况下,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔受到第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。例如,第二正差分过孔受到第一正差分过孔的干扰为5mV,第二负差分过孔受到第一正差分过孔的干扰也为5mV,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔的信号作差,干扰可相互抵消。In the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are simultaneously Interferenced by the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via). According to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signals of the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced. . In the case where the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are affected by the first positive differential via. The interference of the holes (or the first negative differential via) is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated. For example, the interference of the second positive differential via by the first positive differential via is 5mV, the interference of the second negative differential via by the first positive differential via is also 5mV, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via The signals through the vias are different, and the interference can cancel each other out.
反之,由于第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔传输的信号是极性相反的信号。因 此,根据极性相反特性,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔作用在第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)上的干扰也互相抵消,从而实现串扰的减小。在第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧的情况下,第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)受到第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。例如,第一正差分过孔受到第二正差分过孔的干扰为5mV,第一正差分过孔受到第二负差分过孔的干扰为-5mV,5mV和-5mV的干扰可相互抵消。On the contrary, because the signals transmitted by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are signals with opposite polarities. Therefore, according to the opposite polarity characteristics, the interference of the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via on the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) also cancel each other, thereby achieving the reduction of crosstalk. Small. In the case where the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) is affected by the second positive differential via. The interference of the differential via and the second negative differential via is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated. For example, the interference from the first positive differential via to the second positive differential via is 5mV, and the interference from the first positive differential via to the second negative differential via is -5mV. The interferences of 5mV and -5mV can cancel each other out.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;第一差分对信号线与第一差分对过孔耦接,第二差分对信号线与第二差分对过孔耦接;第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线位于基板内,且同层设置。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair signal line. Two differential pairs are coupled via vias; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
本申请中,由于沿与第一虚拟线段平行的方向,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔设置在第一差分对过孔的同一侧。在这种情况下,第二差分对信号线可以位于第一差分对信号线的同一侧,即,第二正差分信号线和第二负差分信号线位于第一差分对信号线的同一侧。可实现第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线无交叉。那么,可将第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线同层设置,以减小基板中信号线的层数,从而减小基板的厚度,降低基板的成本。而相关技术中,由于第二正差分过孔和第二负差分多孔位于第一正差分过孔和第一负差分多孔之间,那么,若要第一正差分信号线和第一负差分信号线相邻,第二正差分信号线和第二负差分信号线相邻,就难免会出现第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线交叉的情况,因此,第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线只能异层设置,导致基板厚度增加。In this application, since along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via hole and the second negative differential via hole are disposed on the same side of the first differential pair via hole. In this case, the second differential pair signal line may be located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line, that is, the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line. It is possible to achieve no intersection between the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line. Then, the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line can be arranged on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, thereby reducing the thickness of the substrate and reducing the cost of the substrate. In the related art, since the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are located between the first positive differential via and the first negative differential via, if the first positive differential signal line and the first negative differential signal are to be lines are adjacent, and the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are adjacent, it is inevitable that the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line will cross. Therefore, the first differential pair signal line and The second differential pair signal lines can only be arranged in different layers, resulting in an increase in substrate thickness.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括第一差分对焊盘。第一差分对焊盘包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;第一正差分焊盘与第一正差分过孔耦接,第一负差分焊盘与第一负差分过孔耦接;第二差分对焊盘,包括第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;第二正差分焊盘与第二正差分过孔耦接,第二负差分焊盘与第二负差分过孔耦接;多个参考地焊盘,第一正差分焊盘、第一负差分焊盘、第二正差分焊盘、第二负差分焊盘以及多个参考地焊盘阵列排布于基板的表面。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a first differential pair pad. The first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential pad is coupled to the first positive differential via, and the first negative differential pad is coupled to the first negative differential via. coupling; the second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and a second negative differential pad; the second positive differential pad is coupled to the second positive differential via, and the second negative differential pad is coupled to the second Negative differential via coupling; a plurality of reference ground pads, a first positive differential pad, a first negative differential pad, a second positive differential pad, a second negative differential pad and a plurality of reference ground pad array rows spread on the surface of the substrate.
由于当下主流的芯片封装结构的焊球是阵列排布在封装基板上,因此,本申请实施例提供的基板,第一正差分焊盘、第一负差分焊盘、第二正差分焊盘、第二负差分焊盘以及多个参考地焊盘阵列排布于基板的同一表面,可以无需改变待与基板键合的芯片封装结构的焊球排布方式,可以兼容现有的棋盘型焊球排布方案的芯片封装结构,适用范围广。Since the solder balls of the current mainstream chip packaging structure are arranged in an array on the packaging substrate, the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application has a first positive differential pad, a first negative differential pad, a second positive differential pad, The second negative differential pad and multiple reference ground pad arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. This eliminates the need to change the solder ball arrangement of the chip package structure to be bonded to the substrate, and is compatible with existing checkerboard-shaped solder balls. The chip packaging structure of the arrangement scheme has a wide range of applications.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔沿第一方向排布,第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘沿第二方向排布,第一方向与第二方向相交;第一正差分过孔与第一正差分焊盘错位设置,第一负差分过孔与第一负差分焊盘错位设置;第二正差分过孔与第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,第二负差分过孔与第二负差分焊盘对齐设置。这是一种结构简单的实现方式。In a possible implementation, the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes are arranged along a first direction, the first positive differential pads and the first negative differential pads are arranged along the second direction, and the first differential pair via holes are arranged along a first direction. One direction intersects the second direction; the first positive differential via is offset from the first positive differential pad, the first negative differential via is offset from the first negative differential pad; the second positive differential via is offset from the second positive differential via. The differential pads are aligned and arranged, and the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad. This is a simple implementation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括基板表面的第一差分对焊盘。第一差分对焊盘包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;第一正差分过孔与第一正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第一正差分焊盘耦接;第一负差分过孔与第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第一负差分焊盘耦接;第二差分对焊盘,位于基板的表面,第二差分对焊盘包括第二 正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;第二正差分过孔与第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第二正差分焊盘耦接;第二负差分过孔与第二负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第二负差分焊盘耦接。第一负差分过孔与第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,第二正差分过孔与第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,在实现第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔串扰减小或者消除的基础上,可以易于制备第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔,且第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的布局简单。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a first differential pair pad on the surface of the substrate. The first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential via is aligned with the first positive differential pad and coupled to the first positive differential pad; The negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad; the second differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate, and the second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad; the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad and coupled to the second positive differential pad; the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad , and coupled to the second negative differential pad. The first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad, and the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad, thereby reducing crosstalk between the first differential pair via and the second differential pair via. Or on the basis of elimination, the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole can be easily prepared, and the layout of the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole is simple.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括位于基板表面的参考地焊盘;第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔沿第一方向排布,第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘沿第一方向排布;沿第二方向,第二差分对焊盘的至少一侧设置有参考地焊盘,第二差分对焊盘与参考地焊盘位于同一直线上;其中,第一方向与第二方向相交。第二差分对焊盘与参考地焊盘位于同一直线上,那么第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘与参考地焊盘阵列排布,仅需要改变第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘的排布规律即可,对基板结构的改动较小。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole are arranged along the first direction, and the first positive differential pad and the first differential pair via hole are arranged in the first direction. The negative differential pads are arranged along the first direction; along the second direction, a reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad, and the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line; wherein , the first direction intersects with the second direction. The second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line. Then the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are arranged in the reference ground pad array. Only the first positive differential pad and the second differential pad need to be changed. The arrangement pattern of negative differential pads is enough, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括位于基板表面的参考地焊盘;相邻第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔之间设置有参考地焊盘。第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔之间设置有参考地焊盘,参考地焊盘与参考地过孔耦接,参考地焊盘可以对第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔进行隔离,降低第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔之间的串扰。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between adjacent first differential pair via holes and second differential pair via holes. A reference ground pad is provided between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole. The reference ground pad is coupled to the reference ground via hole. The reference ground pad can connect the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole. Isolate the vias to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair vias and the second differential pair vias.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔受到第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)的干扰是一致的,第一正差分过孔(或者第一负差分过孔)受到第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。In a possible implementation, the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment. The second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment. The second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are affected by the first positive differential via (or the second negative differential via). The interference of the first positive differential via (or the first negative differential via) by the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;平行于第一方向的每行第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔交替排布。这样一来,沿第一方向相邻的第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔均可实现串扰的减小或者消除。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for both the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the first direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;平行于第二方向的每列第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔交替排布。这样一来,沿第二方向相邻的第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔均可实现串扰的减小或者消除。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each column parallel to the second direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for both the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the second direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;平行于第一方向的每行第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔交替排布,平行于第二方向的每列第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔交替排布。这样一来,沿第一方向和第二方向相邻的第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔均可实现串扰的减小或者消除,串扰消除效果好。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of Rows and columns; the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged, and the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each column parallel to the second direction Arrange alternately. In this way, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated for the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes adjacent along the first direction and the second direction, and the crosstalk elimination effect is good.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括多个第一参考地过孔,第一参考地过孔位于基板内;沿第一方向,与第一差分对焊盘紧邻的参考地焊盘对齐设置有第一参考地过孔。这种排布规律,一方面,可以获得高频高速信号的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可 以便于差分对信号线的布局。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, aligned with the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad. A first reference ground via is provided. This arrangement pattern, on the one hand, can obtain the impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括多个第一参考地过孔,第一参考地过孔位于基板内;沿第一方向,第一差分对焊盘和,与该第一差分对焊盘紧邻的参考地焊盘之间设置有第一参考地过孔。这种排布规律,一方面,可以获得高频高速信号的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可以便于差分对信号线的布局。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, the first differential pair pads and the first differential pair are connected to each other. A first reference ground via hole is provided between adjacent reference ground pads. This arrangement pattern, on the one hand, can obtain the impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括多个第二参考地过孔,第二参考地过孔位于基板内;沿第一方向,第二差分对焊盘和,与该第二差分对焊盘紧邻的一侧参考地焊盘之间设置有第二参考地过孔;沿第二方向,与第二差分对焊盘紧邻的参考地焊盘对齐设置有第二参考地过孔。这种排布规律,一方面,可以获得高频高速信号的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可以便于差分对信号线的布局。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias, and the second reference ground vias are located in the substrate; along the first direction, the second differential pair pads and the second differential pair are connected to each other. A second reference ground via hole is provided between the reference ground pads on the side immediately adjacent to the bonding pads; along the second direction, a second reference ground via hole is provided in alignment with the reference ground pads immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad. This arrangement pattern, on the one hand, can obtain the impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括多个第二参考地过孔,第二参考地过孔位于基板内;与第二差分对焊盘紧邻的参考地焊盘对齐设置有第二参考地过孔。这种排布规律,一方面,可以获得高频高速信号的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可以便于差分对信号线的布局。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias, and the second reference ground vias are located in the substrate; the second reference ground pads immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pads are aligned with the second reference ground vias. Ground vias. This arrangement pattern, on the one hand, can obtain the impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;基板还包括第一信号线层,第一信号线层设置有第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;第一差分对信号线与第一行中的第一差分对过孔耦接,第二差分对信号线与第一行中的第二差分对过孔耦接;第一差分对信号线经第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔之间,延伸至基板的出线边;第二差分对信号线经第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔之间,延伸至基板的出线边。这种差分信号线的排布方式,对线宽的要求比较小,适用范围广。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes are arranged in a plurality of rows and columns; the substrate also includes a first signal line layer, the first signal line layer is provided with a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line and the first differential pair in the first row Via coupling, the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair via hole in the first row; the first differential pair signal line extends between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole to the outlet side of the substrate; the second differential pair signal line extends between the second positive differential via hole and the second negative differential via hole to the outlet side of the substrate. This arrangement of differential signal lines has relatively small requirements on line width and has a wide range of applications.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括第二信号线层,第二信号线层设置有第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;第二信号线层中第一差分对信号线与第二行中的第一差分对过孔耦接,第二差分对信号线与第二行中的第二差分对过孔耦接;第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线经第一行中的第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔之间,延伸至基板的出线边。这种差分信号线的排布方式,对线宽的要求比较小,适用范围广。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a second signal line layer, and the second signal line layer is provided with a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line in the second signal line layer The line is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the second row, the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair via hole in the second row; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line Through between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole in the first row, extend to the outlet edge of the substrate. This arrangement of differential signal lines has relatively small requirements on line width and has a wide range of applications.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括堆叠的介质层和核心层,第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔贯穿核心层;基板为封装基板;介质层的材料包括味之素堆积膜。这是一种可能的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole penetrate the core layer; the substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes Ajinomoto stack membrane. This is a possible application scenario.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括介质层,第一差分对过孔和第二差分对过孔贯穿介质层;基板为印刷电路板或者下载板,介质层的材料包括半固化片。这是一种可能的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a dielectric layer, the first differential pair of via holes and the second differential pair of via holes penetrate the dielectric layer; the substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the material of the dielectric layer includes a prepreg. This is a possible application scenario.
本申请实施例的第二方面,提供一种芯片封装结构,包括芯片、封装基板以及下载板;封装基板为第一方面任一项的基板;下载板为第一方面任一项的基板;芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,第一级第一差分对管脚与封装基板中第一差分对过孔耦接,第一级第二差分对管脚与封装基板中第二差分对过孔耦接;芯片封装结构还包括位于封装基板背离芯片一侧的第二级第一差分对管脚和第二级第二差分对管脚;第二级第一差分对管脚与封装基板中第一差分对过孔和下载板中第一 差分对过孔分别耦接,第二级第二差分对管脚与封装基板中第二差分对过孔和下载板中第二差分对过孔分别耦接。A second aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip, a packaging substrate and a download board; the packaging substrate is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the download board is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the chip It includes a first-stage first differential pair pin and a first-stage second differential pair pin. The first-stage first differential pair pin is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the packaging substrate. The first-stage second differential pair The pins are coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate; the chip packaging structure also includes a second-level first differential pair pin and a second-level second differential pair pin located on the side of the packaging substrate away from the chip; The first differential pair pins of the second stage are respectively coupled to the first differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate and the first differential pair via holes in the download board. The second differential pair pins of the second stage are coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate. are respectively coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the download board.
本申请实施例的第三方面,提供一种芯片封装结构,包括芯片和封装基板;封装基板为第一方面任一项的基板;芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,第一级第一差分对管脚与第一差分对过孔耦接,第一级第二差分对管脚与第二差分对过孔耦接。A third aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip and a packaging substrate; the packaging substrate is the substrate of any one of the first aspects; the chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level first differential pair pin. Two differential pair pins, the first differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the second differential pair via hole.
本申请实施例的第四方面,提供一种芯片封装结构,包括依次层叠设置的芯片、转接板以及封装基板;转接板包括位于转接板内的第三差分过孔以及第四差分过孔。第三差分对过孔包括第三正差分过孔和第三负差分过孔;第四差分对过孔位于转接板内,第四差分对过孔包括第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔;第三差分对过孔和第四差分对过孔呈T字型排布,或者理解为,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔分别设置于第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧;第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔位于第三虚拟线段的同一端。其中,第三虚拟线段为在转接板表面将第三正差分过孔和第三负差分过孔相连的虚拟线段;芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,第一级第一差分对管脚与第三差分对过孔耦接,第一级第二差分对管脚与第四差分对过孔耦接。A fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip packaging structure, including a chip, an adapter board and a packaging substrate that are stacked in sequence; the adapter board includes a third differential via and a fourth differential via located in the adapter plate. hole. The third differential pair via hole includes the third positive differential via hole and the third negative differential via hole; the fourth differential pair via hole is located in the adapter board, and the fourth differential pair via hole includes the fourth positive differential via hole and the fourth negative differential via hole. Differential vias; the third differential pair vias and the fourth differential pair vias are arranged in a T shape, or it can be understood that the fourth positive differential vias and the fourth negative differential vias are respectively arranged at the extension of the third virtual line segment On both sides of the line; the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are located at the same end of the third virtual line segment. Among them, the third virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the third positive differential via hole and the third negative differential via hole on the surface of the adapter board; the chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level second differential pair The first differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the third differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled to the fourth differential pair via hole.
本申请实施例提供的芯片封装结构,通过将转接板中第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔设置在第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔同时受到第三正差分过孔(或者第三负差分过孔)的干扰。根据差分信号的特性,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔的信号作差,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔受到的干扰相互抵消,因此可实现串扰的减小。在第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔对称设置在第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧的情况下,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔受到第三正差分过孔(或者第三负差分过孔)的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。In the chip packaging structure provided by the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via in the adapter board on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment, the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are The four negative differential vias are simultaneously interfered by the third positive differential via (or the third negative differential via). According to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signals of the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are different, and the interferences received by the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced. . In the case where the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment, the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are affected by the third positive differential via. The interference of the holes (or the third negative differential via) is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔对称设置在第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔对称设置在第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔受到第三正差分过孔(或者第三负差分过孔)的干扰是一致的,第三正差分过孔(或者第三负差分过孔)受到第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。In a possible implementation, the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment. The fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment, and the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are protected by the third positive differential via (or the fourth negative differential via). The interference of the three negative differential vias) is consistent, and the interference of the third positive differential via (or the third negative differential via) by the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
在一种可能的实现方式中,芯片封装结构还包括第一重布线层,第一重布线层设置在转接板朝向芯片一侧;第一级第一差分对管脚通过第一重布线层与第三差分对过孔耦接,第一级第二差分对管脚通过第一重布线层与第四差分对过孔耦接。这是一种可能的结构。In a possible implementation, the chip packaging structure further includes a first rewiring layer, which is provided on the side of the adapter board facing the chip; the first differential pair pins of the first level pass through the first rewiring layer Coupled with the third differential pair via hole, the second differential pair pin of the first stage is coupled with the fourth differential pair via hole through the first redistribution layer. This is one possible structure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,芯片封装结构还包括第二重布线层,第二重布线层设置在转接板朝向封装基板一侧;第三差分对过孔和第四差分对过孔通过第二重布线层与封装基板耦接。这是一种可能的结构。In a possible implementation, the chip packaging structure further includes a second rewiring layer, the second rewiring layer is provided on the side of the transfer board facing the packaging substrate; the third differential pair via hole and the fourth differential pair via hole pass through The second redistribution layer is coupled to the packaging substrate. This is one possible structure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,转接板的材料包括硅、玻璃或者陶瓷。这是一种可能的结构。In a possible implementation, the material of the adapter plate includes silicon, glass or ceramics. This is one possible structure.
本申请实施例的第五方面,提供一种电子设备,包括芯片封装结构和印刷电路板;芯片封装结构设置在印刷电路板上;芯片封装结构为第二方面、第三方面、或者第四 方面任一项的芯片封装结构,印刷电路板为第一方面任一项的基板。A fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a chip packaging structure and a printed circuit board; the chip packaging structure is provided on the printed circuit board; the chip packaging structure is the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect. In any one of the chip packaging structures, the printed circuit board is the substrate in any one of the first aspects.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备还包括连接器,连接器位于芯片封装结构与印刷电路板之间。In a possible implementation, the electronic device further includes a connector, and the connector is located between the chip packaging structure and the printed circuit board.
本申请实施例的第六方面,提供一种基板,基板可以为PCB、下载板、或者封装基板。基板包括:第一差分对焊盘,位于基板表面;第一差分对焊盘包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;第二差分对焊盘,位于基板表面,第二差分对焊盘包括第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘分别设置于第四虚拟线段的延长线的两侧;且第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘位于第四虚拟线段的同一端;其中,第四虚拟线段为在基板表面将第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘相连的虚拟线段。A sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a substrate. The substrate may be a PCB, a download board, or a packaging substrate. The substrate includes: a first differential pair pad, located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; a second differential pair pad, located on the surface of the substrate, the second differential pair The bonding pads include a second positive differential bonding pad and a second negative differential bonding pad; the second positive differential bonding pad and the second negative differential bonding pad are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment; and the second positive differential bonding pad The pad and the second negative differential pad are located at the same end of the fourth virtual line segment; wherein the fourth virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential pad and the first negative differential pad on the surface of the substrate.
本申请实施例提供的基板,通过将第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘同时受到第一正差分焊盘(或者第一负差分焊盘)的干扰。根据差分信号的特性,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘的信号作差,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘受到的干扰相互抵消,因此可实现串扰的减小。在第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧的情况下,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘受到第一正差分焊盘(或者第一负差分焊盘)的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。例如,第二正差分焊盘受到第一正差分焊盘的干扰为5mV,第二负差分焊盘受到第一正差分焊盘的干扰也为5mV,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘的信号作差,干扰可相互抵消。反之也可实现干扰的相互抵消。In the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are simultaneously Interference from the first positive differential pad (or the first negative differential pad). According to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signals of the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad cancel each other out, so the crosstalk can be reduced. . In the case where the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are affected by the first positive differential pad. The interference of the pad (or the first negative differential pad) is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated. For example, the interference of the second positive differential pad by the first positive differential pad is 5mV, the interference of the second negative differential pad by the first positive differential pad is also 5mV, the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad The signals on the pads are different, and the interference can cancel each other out. On the contrary, mutual cancellation of interference can also be achieved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;第一差分对信号线与第一差分对焊盘耦接,第二差分对信号线与第二差分对焊盘耦接;第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线位于基板内,且同层设置。在这种情况下,第二差分对信号线可以位于第一差分对信号线的同一侧,即,第二正差分信号线和第二负差分信号线位于第一差分对信号线的同一侧。可实现第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线无交叉。那么,可将第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线同层设置,以减小基板中信号线的层数,从而减小基板的厚度,降低基板的成本。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad. Two differential pairs of pads are coupled; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer. In this case, the second differential pair signal line may be located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line, that is, the second positive differential signal line and the second negative differential signal line are located on the same side of the first differential pair signal line. It is possible to achieve no intersection between the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line. Then, the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line can be arranged on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, thereby reducing the thickness of the substrate and reducing the cost of the substrate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括位于基板表面的参考地焊盘;第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘沿第一方向排布;沿第二方向,第二差分对焊盘的至少一侧设置有参考地焊盘,第二差分对焊盘与参考地焊盘位于同一直线上;其中,第一方向与第二方向相交。第二差分对焊盘与参考地焊盘位于同一直线上,那么第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘与参考地焊盘阵列排布,仅需要改变第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘的排布规律即可,对基板结构的改动较小。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are arranged along the first direction; along the second direction, the second differential pair A reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the pad, and the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line; wherein the first direction intersects with the second direction. The second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line. Then the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are arranged in the reference ground pad array. Only the first positive differential pad and the second differential pad need to be changed. The arrangement pattern of negative differential pads is enough, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括:第一差分对过孔,位于基板内;第一差分对过孔包括第一正差分过孔和第一负差分过孔;第一正差分过孔与第一正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第一正差分焊盘耦接;第一负差分过孔与第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第一负差分焊盘耦接;第二差分对过孔,位于基板内,第二差分对过孔包括第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔;第二正差分过孔与第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第二正差分焊盘耦接;第二负差分过孔与第二负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与第二负差分焊 盘耦接。第一负差分过孔与第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,第二正差分过孔与第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,在实现第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔串扰减小或者消除的基础上,可以易于制备第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔,且第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的布局简单。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes: a first differential pair of vias, located in the substrate; the first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via; the first positive differential via The hole is aligned with the first positive differential pad and coupled to the first positive differential pad; the first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad; Two differential pairs of vias are located in the substrate. The second differential pair of vias includes a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via. The second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad and is aligned with the second positive differential via. The two positive differential pads are coupled; the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad and coupled to the second negative differential pad. The first negative differential via is aligned with the first negative differential pad, and the second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad, thereby reducing crosstalk between the first differential pair via and the second differential pair via. Or on the basis of elimination, the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole can be easily prepared, and the layout of the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole is simple.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板还包括位于基板表面的参考地焊盘;相邻第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘之间设置有参考地焊盘。第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘之间设置有参考地焊盘,参考地焊盘与参考地焊盘耦接,参考地焊盘可以对第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘进行隔离,降低第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘之间的串扰。In a possible implementation, the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between adjacent first differential pair pads and second differential pair pads. A reference ground pad is provided between the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad. The reference ground pad is coupled to the reference ground pad. The reference ground pad can connect the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad. Isolate the pads to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘对称设置在第四虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧,第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘受到第一正差分焊盘(或者第一负差分焊盘)的干扰是一致的,第一正差分焊盘(或者第一负差分焊盘)受到第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。In a possible implementation, the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment. The second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment. The second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are affected by the first positive differential pad (or the second negative differential pad). The interference from the first positive differential pad (or the first negative differential pad) to the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad is consistent, so it can be achieved Elimination of crosstalk.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对焊盘和多个第二差分对焊盘,多个第一差分对焊盘和多个第二差分对焊盘排布成多行多列;平行于第一方向的每行第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘交替排布。这样一来,沿第一方向相邻的第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘均可实现串扰的减小或者消除。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair pads and a plurality of second differential pair pads, and the plurality of first differential pair pads and the plurality of second differential pair pads are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads of each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged. In this way, crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads adjacent along the first direction can be reduced or eliminated.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括多个第一差分对焊盘和多个第二差分对焊盘,多个第一差分对焊盘和多个第二差分对焊盘排布成多行多列;平行于第二方向的每列第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘交替排布。这样一来,沿第二方向相邻的第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘均可实现串扰的减小或者消除。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair pads and a plurality of second differential pair pads, and the plurality of first differential pair pads and the plurality of second differential pair pads are arranged in a plurality of There are multiple rows and columns; the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads in each column parallel to the second direction are alternately arranged. In this way, the crosstalk between the first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads adjacent along the second direction can be reduced or eliminated.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括堆叠的介质层和核心层,第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘位于介质层的表面;基板为封装基板;介质层的材料包括味之素堆积膜。这是一种可能的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the surface of the dielectric layer; the substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes a element accumulation film. This is a possible application scenario.
在一种可能的实现方式中,基板包括堆叠的多层介质层,第一差分对焊盘和第二差分对焊盘位于多层介质层的表面;基板为印刷电路板或者下载板,介质层的材料包括半固化片。这是一种可能的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the substrate includes stacked multi-layer dielectric layers, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the surface of the multi-layer dielectric layer; the substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the dielectric layer Materials include prepreg. This is a possible application scenario.
本申请实施例的第七方面,提供一种基板的制备方法,用于制备第一方面或者第六方面任一项的基板。A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the substrate of any one of the first aspect or the sixth aspect.
本申请实施例的第八方面,提供一种芯片封装结构的制备方法,用于制备第二方面、第三方面、或者第四方面任一项的芯片封装结构。An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a chip packaging structure, which is used to prepare the chip packaging structure of any one of the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的框架示意图;Figure 1A is a schematic framework diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例示意的一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 1B is a stacked diagram of a chip packaging structure and a PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application;
图1C为本申请实施例示意的另一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 1C is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application;
图1D为本申请实施例示意的又一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 1D is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB illustrating an embodiment of the present application;
图2A为本申请实施例示意的一种差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系示意图;Figure 2A is a schematic diagram illustrating the positional relationship between a differential pair via hole and a differential pair pad according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例示意的另一种差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的排布规律示意 图;Figure 2B is a schematic diagram illustrating the arrangement of another differential pair via hole and differential pair pad according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2C为本申请实施例示意的一种过孔的排布规律示意图;Figure 2C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement pattern of vias illustrating an embodiment of the present application;
图2D为本申请实施例示意的一种焊球与过孔的排布规律示意图;Figure 2D is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of solder balls and vias according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为本申请实施例提供的一种基板的截面图;Figure 3A is a cross-sectional view of a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3B为本申请实施例提供的一种第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between a first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3C为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3D为本申请实施例提供的又一种第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figure 3D is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3E为本申请实施例提供的又一种第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figure 3E is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3F为本申请实施例提供的又一种第一差分对过孔与第二差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figure 3F is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between another first differential pair via hole and a second differential pair via hole provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的一种基板中差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系示意图;Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4B为本申请实施例提供的另一种基板中差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系示意图;Figure 4B is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4C为本申请实施例提供的一种基板中差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系立体示意图;Figure 4C is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair via holes and differential pair pads in a substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4D为本申请实施例提供的又一种基板中差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系示意图;Figure 4D is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in yet another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4E为本申请实施例提供的又一种基板中差分对过孔与差分对焊盘的位置关系示意图;Figure 4E is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between differential pair vias and differential pair pads in yet another substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种差分信号线的扇出路线示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a fan-out route of a differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6A为本申请实施例提供的一种一排中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 6A is a schematic diagram of an arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6B为本申请实施例提供的另一种一排中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 6B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6C为本申请实施例提供的又一种一排中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 6C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6D为本申请实施例提供的又一种一排中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 6D is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7A为本申请实施例提供的又一种多行多列中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 7A is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in multiple rows and multiple columns provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7B为本申请实施例提供的又一种多行多列中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in multiple rows and multiple columns provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7C为本申请实施例提供的又一种一排中多个差分对过孔的排布方式示意图;FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of multiple differential pair vias in a row provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8A为本申请实施例提供的一种参考地过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 8A is a schematic diagram of an arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8B为本申请实施例提供的另一种参考地过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 8B is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8C为本申请实施例提供的又一种参考地过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 8C is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8D为本申请实施例提供的又一种参考地过孔的排布方式示意图;Figure 8D is a schematic diagram of another arrangement of reference ground vias provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种基本中过孔与焊盘的排布方式示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a basic arrangement of vias and pads provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10A为本申请实施例提供的一种差分信号线的扇出路线示意图;Figure 10A is a schematic diagram of a fan-out route of a differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10B为本申请实施例提供的另一种差分信号线的扇出路线示意图;Figure 10B is a schematic diagram of the fan-out route of another differential signal line provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11A为本申请实施例提供的一种近端串扰的仿真效果示意图;Figure 11A is a schematic diagram of a simulation effect of near-end crosstalk provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11B为本申请实施例提供的一种另近端串扰的仿真效果示意图;Figure 11B is a schematic diagram of another near-end crosstalk simulation effect provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11C为本申请实施例提供的一种远端串扰的仿真效果示意图;Figure 11C is a schematic diagram of a simulation effect of far-end crosstalk provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11D为本申请实施例提供的一种另远端串扰的仿真效果示意图;Figure 11D is a schematic diagram of another far-end crosstalk simulation effect provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12A-图12E为为本申请实施例提供的又一种差分对焊盘与差分对过孔的位置关系示意图;Figures 12A-12E are schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between another differential pair pad and a differential pair via provided for embodiments of the present application;
图13A为本申请实施例提供的又一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 13A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13B为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片中第一级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 13B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first-level differential pair pins in a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13C为本申请实施例提供的另一种芯片中第一级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 13C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first-level differential pair pins in another chip provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13D为本申请实施例提供的一种封装基板中第二级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 13D is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the second-stage differential pair pins in a packaging substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13E为本申请实施例提供的另一种封装基板中第二级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 13E is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the second-stage differential pair pins in another packaging substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14A为本申请实施例提供的又一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 14A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14B为本申请实施例提供的一种下载板中第三级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 14B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the third-stage differential pair pins in a download board provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14C为本申请实施例提供的另一种下载板中第三级差分对管脚的排布规律示意图;Figure 14C is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the third-stage differential pair pins in another download board provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15A为本申请实施例提供的又一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图;Figure 15A is a stacked diagram of another chip packaging structure and PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15B为本申请实施例提供的一种转接板中过孔的排布规律示意图;Figure 15B is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of vias in an adapter board provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15C为本申请实施例提供的又一种芯片封装结构与PCB的叠层叠构图。FIG. 15C is another stacked pattern of a chip packaging structure and a PCB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of the embodiments.
以下,本申请实施例中,术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于描述方便,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”等的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In the following, in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "first", "second", etc. are only used for convenience of description and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, features defined by "first," "second," etc. may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of such features. In the description of this application, unless otherwise stated, "plurality" means two or more.
本申请实施例中,“上”、“下”、“左”以及“右不限于相对附图中的部件示意置放的方位来定义的,应当理解到,这些方向性术语可以是相对的概念,它们用于相对于的描述和澄清,其可以根据附图中部件附图所放置的方位的变化而相应地发生变化。In the embodiments of the present application, "upper", "lower", "left" and "right" are not limited to the orientations schematically placed relative to the components in the drawings. It should be understood that these directional terms may be relative concepts. , they are used for relative description and clarification, which may change accordingly according to changes in the orientation of the components in the drawings.
在本申请实施例中,除非上下文另有要求,否则,在整个说明书和权利要求书中,术语“包括”被解释为开放、包含的意思,即为“包含,但不限于”。在说明书的描述中,术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示例性实施例”、“示例性地”或“一些示例”等旨在表明与该实施例或示例相关的特定特征、结构、材料或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例或示例中。上述术语的示意性表示不一定是指同一实施例或示例。此外,所述的特定特征、结构、材料或特点可以以任何适当方式包括在任何一个或多个实施例或示例中。In the embodiments of this application, unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the description and claims, the term "comprise" is interpreted as having an open and inclusive meaning, that is, "including, but not limited to." In the description of the specification, the terms "one embodiment," "some embodiments," "exemplary embodiments," "exemplarily," or "some examples" and the like are intended to indicate specific features associated with the embodiment or example. , structures, materials or characteristics are included in at least one embodiment or example of the present disclosure. The schematic representations of the above terms do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or example. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials or characteristics described may be included in any suitable manner in any one or more embodiments or examples.
在描述一些实施例时,可能使用了“耦接”及其衍伸的表达。例如,描述一些实施例时可能使用了术语“耦接”以表明两个或两个以上部件有直接物理接触或电接触。然而,术语“耦接”也可能指两个或两个以上部件彼此间并无直接接触,但仍彼此协作或相互作用。这里所公开的实施例并不必然限制于本文内容。When describing some embodiments, the expression "coupled" and its derivatives may be used. For example, some embodiments may be described using the term "coupled" to indicate that two or more components are in direct physical or electrical contact. However, the term "coupled" may also refer to two or more components that are not in direct contact with each other, but still cooperate or interact with each other. The embodiments disclosed herein are not necessarily limited by the content herein.
在本申请实施例中,“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可 以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiment of this application, "and/or" is just an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and A exist simultaneously. B, there are three situations of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
本申请实施例中参照作为理想化示例性附图的剖视图和/或平面图和/或等效电路图描述了示例性实施方式。在附图中,为了清楚,放大了层和区域的厚度。因此,可设想到由于例如制造技术和/或公差引起的相对于附图的形状的变动。因此,示例性实施方式不应解释为局限于本文示出的区域的形状,而是包括因例如制造而引起的形状偏差。例如,示为矩形的蚀刻区域通常将具有弯曲的特征。因此,附图中所示的区域本质上是示意性的,且它们的形状并非旨在示出设备的区域的实际形状,并且并非旨在限制示例性实施方式的范围。Exemplary embodiments are described in the embodiments of the present application with reference to cross-sectional views and/or plan views and/or equivalent circuit diagrams that are idealized exemplary drawings. In the drawings, the thickness of layers and regions are exaggerated for clarity. Accordingly, variations from the shapes in the drawings due, for example, to manufacturing techniques and/or tolerances are contemplated. Thus, example embodiments should not be construed as limited to the shapes of regions illustrated herein but are to include deviations in shapes that result from, for example, manufacturing. For example, an etched area shown as a rectangle will typically have curved features. Accordingly, the regions shown in the figures are schematic in nature and their shapes are not intended to illustrate the actual shapes of regions of the device and are not intended to limit the scope of the exemplary embodiments.
本申请实施例提供一种的电子设备。该电子设备例如为消费性电子产品、家居式电子产品、车载式电子产品、金融终端产品、通信电子产品。其中,消费性电子产品如为手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、笔记本电脑、电子阅读器、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、桌面显示器、智能穿戴产品(例如,智能手表、智能手环)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、无人机等。家居式电子产品如为智能门锁、电视、遥控器、冰箱、充电家用小型电器(例如豆浆机、扫地机器人)等。车载式电子产品如为车载导航仪、车载高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD)等。金融终端产品如为自动取款机(automated teller machine,ATM)机、自助办理业务的终端等。通信电子产品如为服务器、存储器、基站等通信设备。An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. The electronic equipment is, for example, consumer electronic products, household electronic products, vehicle-mounted electronic products, financial terminal products, and communication electronic products. Among them, consumer electronic products include mobile phones, tablets, laptops, e-readers, personal computers (PC), personal digital assistants (PDA), desktop monitors, Smart wearable products (such as smart watches, smart bracelets), virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, drones, etc. Home electronic products include smart door locks, TVs, remote controls, refrigerators, rechargeable small household appliances (such as soymilk machines, sweeping robots), etc. Vehicle-mounted electronic products such as car navigation systems, vehicle-mounted high-density digital video discs (digital video discs, DVDs), etc. Financial terminal products include automated teller machines (ATMs), self-service terminals, etc. Communication electronic products include communication equipment such as servers, memories, and base stations.
本申请实施例对上述终端设备的具体形式不做特殊限制。以下为了方便说明,是以电子设备为手机为例进行的说明。The embodiments of this application do not place any special restrictions on the specific form of the above-mentioned terminal equipment. For convenience of explanation, the following description takes the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example.
本申请实施例对上述电子设备的具体形式不做特殊限制。以下实施例为了方便说明,均是以电子设备为手机为例进行举例说明。The embodiments of the present application do not place special restrictions on the specific forms of the above-mentioned electronic devices. For convenience of explanation, the following embodiments take the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example.
在此情况下,如图1A所示,电子设备1主要包括显示模组2、中框3、壳体(或者称为电池盖、后壳)4以及盖板5。In this case, as shown in FIG. 1A , the electronic device 1 mainly includes a display module 2 , a middle frame 3 , a case (also called a battery cover or a back case) 4 and a cover 5 .
显示模组2具有能够看到显示画面的出光侧和与上述出光侧相对设置的背面,显示模组2的背面靠近中框3,盖板5设置在显示模组2的出光侧。The display module 2 has a light-emitting side from which the display screen can be seen and a backside opposite to the light-emitting side. The backside of the display module 2 is close to the middle frame 3 , and the cover 5 is disposed on the light-emitting side of the display module 2 .
上述显示模组2,包括显示屏(display panel,DP)。在本申请的一种可能的实施例中,显示屏为液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD)。或者,在本申请的另一种可能的实施例中,显示屏为有机发光二极管(organic lightemitting diode,OLED)显示屏。The above-mentioned display module 2 includes a display panel (DP). In a possible embodiment of the present application, the display screen is a liquid crystal display (LCD). Or, in another possible embodiment of the present application, the display screen is an organic light-emitting diode (organic lightemitting diode, OLED) display screen.
盖板5位于显示模组2远离中框3一侧,盖板5例如可以是盖板玻璃(cover glass,CG),该盖板玻璃可以具有一定的韧性。The cover plate 5 is located on the side of the display module 2 away from the middle frame 3. The cover plate 5 can be, for example, cover glass (CG), and the cover glass can have a certain degree of toughness.
中框3位于显示模组2和壳体4之间,中框3远离显示模组2的表面用于安装电池、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、摄像头(camera)、天线等内部元件。壳体4与中框3盖合后,上述内部元件位于壳体4与中框3之间。The middle frame 3 is located between the display module 2 and the housing 4. The surface of the middle frame 3 away from the display module 2 is used to install internal components such as batteries, printed circuit boards (PCB), cameras, and antennas. . After the casing 4 and the middle frame 3 are closed, the above-mentioned internal components are located between the casing 4 and the middle frame 3 .
如图1B所示,上述电子设备1还包括设置于PCB上的芯片,芯片可以包括处理器(center processing unit,CPU)芯片、射频芯片、射频功率放大器(power amplifier, PA)芯片、系统级芯片(system on a chip,SOC)、电源管理芯片(power management integrated circuits,PMIC)、存储芯片(例如高带宽存储器(high bandwidth memory,HBM))、音频处理器芯片、触摸屏控制芯片、NAND flash(闪存)、图像传感器芯片、充电保护芯片等芯片,PCB用于承载上述芯片,并与上述芯片完成信号交互。As shown in Figure 1B, the above-mentioned electronic device 1 also includes a chip disposed on the PCB. The chip may include a processor (center processing unit, CPU) chip, a radio frequency chip, a radio frequency power amplifier (power amplifier, PA) chip, or a system-level chip. (system on a chip, SOC), power management integrated circuits (PMIC), memory chips (such as high bandwidth memory (HBM)), audio processor chips, touch screen control chips, NAND flash (flash memory) ), image sensor chips, charging protection chips and other chips. The PCB is used to carry the above-mentioned chips and complete signal interaction with the above-mentioned chips.
在一些实施例中,如图1B所示,芯片设置在封装基板上,与封装基板键合形成芯片封装结构后,封装基板与PCB键合。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1B , the chip is disposed on the packaging substrate. After being bonded to the packaging substrate to form a chip packaging structure, the packaging substrate is bonded to the PCB.
在另一些实施例中,如图1C所示,芯片设置在封装基板上,封装基板与下载板键合形成芯片封装结构,下载板与PCB键合。这种芯片封装结构例如可以称为双基板封装结构。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1C , the chip is disposed on the packaging substrate, the packaging substrate is bonded to the download board to form a chip packaging structure, and the download board is bonded to the PCB. This chip packaging structure may be called a dual substrate packaging structure, for example.
在又一些实施例中,如图1D所示,芯片与转接板键合,转接板与封装基板键合形成芯片封装结构后,封装基板与PCB键合。这种芯片封装结构例如可以称为2.5D封装结构。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1D , the chip is bonded to the adapter board, and after the adapter board and the packaging substrate are bonded to form the chip packaging structure, the packaging substrate is bonded to the PCB. This chip packaging structure may be called a 2.5D packaging structure, for example.
当然,芯片也可以直接与PCB键合,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Of course, the chip can also be directly bonded to the PCB, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
由于差分信号具有良好的抗噪声、抗干扰能力,越来越多的作为电子设备内部信号传输方式。而在芯片与PCB之间通过差分信号完成信号交互时,差分信号间的串扰会严重影响信号质量,从而影响产品性能。Because differential signals have good anti-noise and anti-interference capabilities, they are increasingly used as an internal signal transmission method in electronic equipment. When the signal interaction is completed through differential signals between the chip and the PCB, the crosstalk between the differential signals will seriously affect the signal quality, thereby affecting product performance.
为减小差分串扰,在一些技术中,通过对芯片进行封装(package),在封装基板上增加更多的参考地焊球。对应的,在PCB上相对应的增加参考地焊盘和参考地过孔,以对差分信号进行隔离。In order to reduce differential crosstalk, in some technologies, the chip is packaged and more reference ground solder balls are added to the packaging substrate. Correspondingly, a reference ground pad and a reference ground via are added to the PCB to isolate the differential signals.
示例的,如图2A所示,PCB的表面上设置有差分对焊盘D和参考地焊盘G。差分对焊盘D包括正差分焊盘P和负差分焊盘N。正差分焊盘P、负差分焊盘N以及参考地焊盘G阵列排布在PCB的同一表面。For example, as shown in Figure 2A, a differential pair pad D and a reference ground pad G are provided on the surface of the PCB. The differential pair pad D includes a positive differential pad P and a negative differential pad N. An array of positive differential pads P, negative differential pads N and reference ground pads G is arranged on the same surface of the PCB.
PCB的内部设置有差分对过孔H和参考地过孔g,差分对过孔H包括正差分过孔p和负差分过孔n,正差分过孔p与正差分焊盘P耦接,负差分过孔n与负差分焊盘N耦接,参考地过孔g与参考地焊盘G耦接。A differential pair via H and a reference ground via g are provided inside the PCB. The differential pair via H includes a positive differential via p and a negative differential via n. The positive differential via p is coupled to the positive differential pad P, and the negative via The differential via n is coupled to the negative differential pad N, and the reference ground via g is coupled to the reference ground pad G.
请继续参考图2A,示例的,以正差分焊盘P和正差分过孔p为例,较小且边缘有黑边的圆形代表正差分过孔p,较大且边缘无黑边的代表正差分焊盘P。正差分焊盘P和正差分过孔p错位排布,通过扇出走线耦接,构成的形状类似于“狗骨头”。同理,负差分焊盘N和负差分过孔n错位排布,通过扇出走线耦接,构成的形状的类似于“狗骨头”。Please continue to refer to Figure 2A. For example, taking the positive differential pad P and the positive differential via p as an example, the smaller circle with a black edge on the edge represents the positive differential via p, and the larger one with no black edge on the edge represents the positive differential via p. Differential pad P. The positive differential pad P and the positive differential via p are arranged in a staggered manner and coupled through fan-out traces, forming a shape similar to a "dog bone". In the same way, the negative differential pad N and the negative differential via n are arranged in a staggered manner and coupled through fan-out traces, forming a shape similar to a "dog bone".
关于参考地过孔g与参考地焊盘G的位置关系,参考地过孔g与参考地焊盘G对齐设置,参考地过孔g位于参考地焊盘G下方,或者理解为是本领域技术人员常说的盘中孔(via-in-pad)结构。当然,参考地过孔g和参考地焊盘G也可以错位设置,或者理解为,参考地过孔g与参考地焊盘G通过扇出走线耦接。Regarding the positional relationship between the reference ground via g and the reference ground pad G, the reference ground via g is aligned with the reference ground pad G, and the reference ground via g is located below the reference ground pad G, or it can be understood as a matter of skill in the art. People often refer to the via-in-pad structure. Of course, the reference ground via g and the reference ground pad G may also be disposed in a staggered manner, or it may be understood that the reference ground via g and the reference ground pad G are coupled through fan-out wiring.
基于图2A所示的结构,虽然通过封装增加更多的参考地焊球,对应的,在PCB上设置参考地焊盘G和参考地过孔g,可以对差分信号进行隔离。但是,一方面,这会使芯片封装尺寸和PCB布局空间增大,导致芯片及系统的竞争力下降。另一方面,由于受过孔尺寸及过孔之间距离的限制,正差分过孔p和负差分过孔n之间最多添加一个参考地过孔g,难以提高系统竞争力(例如提高信号速率、降低成本)的要求。Based on the structure shown in Figure 2A, although more reference ground solder balls are added through the package, correspondingly, the reference ground pad G and the reference ground via g are set on the PCB to isolate the differential signals. However, on the one hand, this will increase the chip package size and PCB layout space, resulting in a decrease in the competitiveness of chips and systems. On the other hand, due to the limitations of via size and distance between vias, at most one reference ground via g is added between the positive differential via p and the negative differential via n, which makes it difficult to improve the system competitiveness (such as increasing the signal rate, cost reduction) requirements.
在另一些技术中,如图2B所示,PCB的表面上设置有第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分对焊盘D2和参考地焊盘G。第一差分对焊盘D1包括第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1,第二差分对焊盘D2包括第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2。In other technologies, as shown in FIG. 2B , a first differential pair pad D1, a second differential pair pad D2 and a reference ground pad G are provided on the surface of the PCB. The first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1, and the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2.
PCB的内部设置有第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2和参考地过孔g。第一差分对过孔H1包括第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1,第一正差分过孔p1位于第一正差分焊盘P1下方,与第一正差分焊盘P1耦接,第一负差分过孔n1位于第一负差分焊盘N1下方,与第一负差分焊盘N1耦接。第二差分对过孔H2包括第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2,第二正差分过孔p2位于第二正差分焊盘P2下方,与第二正差分焊盘P2耦接,第二负差分过孔n2位于第二负差分焊盘N2下方,与第二负差分焊盘N2耦接。参考地过孔g位于参考地焊盘G下方,与参考地焊盘G耦接。A first differential pair via hole H1, a second differential pair via hole H2 and a reference ground via hole g are provided inside the PCB. The first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1. The first positive differential via p1 is located below the first positive differential pad P1 and is coupled to the first positive differential pad P1. The first negative differential via n1 is located below the first negative differential pad N1 and is coupled to the first negative differential pad N1. The second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2. The second positive differential via p2 is located below the second positive differential pad P2 and is coupled to the second positive differential pad P2. The second negative differential via n2 is located below the second negative differential pad N2 and coupled to the second negative differential pad N2. The reference ground via g is located below the reference ground pad G and is coupled to the reference ground pad G.
其中,如图2B所示,第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2正交排布,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2正交排布。或者理解为,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1与第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2正交排布,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1与第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2正交排布。As shown in FIG. 2B , the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are arranged orthogonally, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged orthogonally. Or it can be understood that the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are orthogonally arranged with the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2, and the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via p1 are arranged orthogonally. The negative differential via n1 is arranged orthogonally with the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
如图2C所示,基于第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间的对称性设计,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1与第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2垂直正交,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1受到第二正差分过孔p2(或者第二负差分过孔n2)的干扰是一致的,根据差分信号的特性,在接收侧第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1的信号作差,在第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1受到的干扰是一致的情况下,相减之后可实现串扰的减小或消除。As shown in Figure 2C, based on the symmetry design between the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are connected to the second positive differential via The hole p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are vertically orthogonal. The first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are interfered by the second positive differential via p2 (or the second negative differential via n2). Consistently, according to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signal difference between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 on the receiving side is affected by the difference between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1. When the interference is consistent, crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated after subtraction.
由于第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2正交排布,为了避免走线相交,第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2的扇出需要走线不同层,从而导致PCB和封装基板中信号线层数增加,大幅增加PCB和封装基板成本。另外,第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2正交排布,需要重新设计封装基板结构和封装基本上焊球的排布阵列,无法兼容现有的封装结构。针对已有常规的棋盘型焊球排布方案的芯片封装结构,无法有效降低串扰。Since the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged orthogonally, in order to avoid trace intersection, the fan-out of the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 requires routing on different layers. , thus leading to an increase in the number of signal line layers in the PCB and packaging substrate, significantly increasing the cost of the PCB and packaging substrate. In addition, the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are arranged orthogonally, which requires redesigning the package substrate structure and the basic solder ball arrangement array of the package, and is incompatible with the existing package structure. For chip packaging structures with conventional checkerboard solder ball arrangement, crosstalk cannot be effectively reduced.
在又一些技术中,如图2D所示,芯片封装结构的表面上设置有第一差分对管脚M1、第二差分对管脚M2和参考地管脚n3。第一差分对管脚M1包括第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1,第二差分对管脚M2包括第二正差分管脚m2和第二负差分管脚n2。In some technologies, as shown in FIG. 2D , a first differential pair pin M1 , a second differential pair pin M2 and a reference ground pin n3 are provided on the surface of the chip packaging structure. The first differential pair pin M1 includes a first positive differential pin m1 and a first negative differential pin n1, and the second differential pair pin M2 includes a second positive differential pin m2 and a second negative differential pin n2.
其中,如图2D所示,第一差分对管脚M1和第二差分对管脚M2正交排布。或者理解为,第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1与第二正差分管脚m2和第二负差分管脚n2正交排布。As shown in FIG. 2D , the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally. Or it can be understood that the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are orthogonally arranged with the second positive differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin n2.
基于第一差分对管脚M1和第二差分对管脚M2之间的对称性设计,第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1与第二正差分管脚m2和第二负差分管脚n2垂直正交,第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1受到第二正差分管脚m2(或者第二负差分管脚n2)的干扰是一致的,根据差分信号的特性,在接收侧第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1的信号作差,在第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1受到的干 扰是一致的情况下,相减之后可实现串扰的减小或消除。Based on the symmetrical design between the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2, the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are connected with the second positive differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin M2. The differential pin n2 is vertically orthogonal. The first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 are interfered by the second positive differential pin m2 (or the second negative differential pin n2) in the same way. According to the differential signal Characteristics of the signal difference between the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 on the receiving side, when the interference received by the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1 is the same , crosstalk can be reduced or eliminated after subtraction.
由于第一差分对管脚M1和第二差分对管脚M2正交排布,第一正差分管脚m1和第一负差分管脚n1之间有第二差分对管脚M2,第二正差分管脚m2和第二负差分管脚n2之间有第一差分对管脚M1。由于差分对信号之间不能设置其他信号线。因此,为了避免走线干扰相交,第一差分对管脚M1和第二差分对管脚M2的扇出需要走线不同层,从而导致PCB和封装基板中信号线层数增加,大幅增加PCB和封装基板成本。另外,第一差分对管脚M1和第二差分对管脚M2正交排布,需要重新设计封装基板结构和封装基本上焊球的排布阵列,无法兼容现有的封装结构。针对已有常规的焊球排布方案的芯片封装结构,无法有效降低串扰。Since the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally, there is a second differential pair pin M2 between the first positive differential pin m1 and the first negative differential pin n1. There is a first differential pair pin M1 between the differential pin m2 and the second negative differential pin n2. Because other signal lines cannot be set between differential pairs of signals. Therefore, in order to avoid wiring interference and intersection, the fan-out of the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 needs to be routed on different layers, resulting in an increase in the number of signal line layers in the PCB and packaging substrate, significantly increasing the PCB and Package substrate cost. In addition, the first differential pair pin M1 and the second differential pair pin M2 are arranged orthogonally, which requires redesigning the package substrate structure and the basic solder ball arrangement array of the package, and is incompatible with the existing package structure. For chip packaging structures with conventional solder ball arrangement schemes, crosstalk cannot be effectively reduced.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种基板,用于改善上述问题。Based on this, embodiments of the present application provide a substrate to improve the above problems.
以下,以几个示例,对本申请实施例提供的基板的结构进行示意说明。Below, several examples are used to schematically illustrate the structure of the substrate provided by the embodiments of the present application.
示例一Example 1
如图3A所示,基板包括层叠设置的介质层和设置在相邻介质层之间的信号线层。其中,图3A以基板为PCB或者下载板为例进行示意。本申请实施例提供的基板还可以为封装基板。As shown in FIG. 3A , the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a signal line layer disposed between adjacent dielectric layers. Among them, Figure 3A takes the substrate as a PCB or a download board as an example for illustration. The substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be a packaging substrate.
基板还包括第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均位于基板内。The substrate also includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are both located in the substrate.
其中,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均沿基板的厚度方向延伸,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2可以为图3A所示的通孔,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2也可以是盲孔。或者,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2可以延伸至基板的表面,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2也可以不延伸至基板的表面。本申请实施例对此不做限定,以下均是以第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2为通孔为例进行示意。Wherein, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 both extend along the thickness direction of the substrate. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can be the through holes shown in Figure 3A. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may also be blind holes. Alternatively, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may extend to the surface of the substrate, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may not extend to the surface of the substrate. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this. The following examples take the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 as through holes as examples.
需要强调的是,本申请实施例中提出的过孔,是指具有导电功能的导电孔。例如,过孔可以为镀覆孔(plated through hole,PTH),镀覆孔也可以称为金属化孔,是在整个孔壁镀覆金属后形成的导电结构。或者,例如,过孔也可以为硅通孔(through silicon via,TSV)或者玻璃通孔(though glass via,TGV)。It should be emphasized that the via holes proposed in the embodiments of this application refer to conductive holes with a conductive function. For example, the via hole can be a plated through hole (PTH), and a plated hole can also be called a metallized hole, which is a conductive structure formed after the entire hole wall is plated with metal. Or, for example, the via can also be a through silicon via (TSV) or a through glass via (TGV).
在一些实施例中,基板为通孔板,也就是说,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2贯穿基板,也就是说,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2贯穿基板中的每层介质层。例如,在信息与通信技术(information and communications technology,ICT)领域,通常采用通孔板。In some embodiments, the substrate is a through-hole plate, that is, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate the substrate, that is, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 Via H2 penetrates each dielectric layer in the substrate. For example, in the field of information and communications technology (ICT), through-hole boards are often used.
如图3B所示,第一差分对过孔H1包括第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1。第二差分对过孔H2包括第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2。As shown in FIG. 3B , the first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1. The second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2.
沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1相交的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧。且沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1平行的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的同一端。或者理解为第二差分对过孔H2位于第一差分对过孔H1一侧。Along the direction intersecting the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. And along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. Or it can be understood that the second differential pair via hole H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via hole H1.
其中,第一虚拟线段O1-O1为在基板表面将第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过 孔n1相连的虚拟线段。可以理解为,第一虚拟线段O1-O1的一端位于第一正差分过孔p1的中心,第一虚拟线段O1-O1的另一端位于第一负差分过孔n1的中心。The first virtual line segment O1-O1 is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 on the surface of the substrate. It can be understood that one end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 is located at the center of the first positive differential via p1, and the other end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 is located at the center of the first negative differential via n1.
那么,沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1平行的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的同一端。可以是第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1中第一正差分过孔p1所在端一侧,也可以是第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1中第一负差分过孔n1所在端一侧。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Then, along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. The second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 may be located on the side of the end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 where the first positive differential via p1 is located, or the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via p2 may be located on the side of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. The two negative differential vias n2 are located on the side of the end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 where the first negative differential via n1 is located. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
或者理解为,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2均设置在第一正差分过孔p1远离第一负差分过孔n1一侧,或者,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2均设置在第一负差分过孔n1远离第一正差分过孔p1一侧。Or it can be understood that the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are both arranged on the side of the first positive differential via p1 away from the first negative differential via n1, or the second positive differential via p2 and The second negative differential vias n2 are all arranged on the side of the first negative differential vias n1 away from the first positive differential vias p1.
此外,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧,可以理解为,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2不位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的两侧。也就是说,第一差分对过孔H1的垂直于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的两侧(例如图3B的虚线矩形框区域)未设置第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一差分对过孔H1的一侧,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2与第一差分对过孔H1属于相邻设置的位置关系。In addition, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment. It can be understood that the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via The differential via n2 is not located on both sides of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. That is to say, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via are not provided on both sides of the first differential pair via H1 perpendicular to the first virtual line segment O1-O1 (for example, the dotted rectangular frame area in Figure 3B) n2, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located on one side of the first differential pair via H1, and the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 pass through the first differential pair Holes H1 belong to the positional relationship of adjacent arrangement.
另外,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧,那么,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2相连形成的第二虚拟线段O2-O2与第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′相交,第二虚拟线段O2-O2与第一虚拟线段O1-O1不相交。In addition, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via The second virtual line segment O2-O2 formed by connecting the holes n2 intersects with the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second virtual line segment O2-O2 does not intersect with the first virtual line segment O1-O1.
在一些实施例中,如图3B所示,第二虚拟线段O2-O2与第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′垂直。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3B , the second virtual line segment O2-O2 is perpendicular to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
在另一些实施例中,如图3C所示,第二虚拟线段O2-O2与第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′也可以不垂直,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3C , the second virtual line segment O2-O2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment may not be perpendicular, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,如图3B和图3C所示,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2非镜像的设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C , the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are non-mirroringly disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment.
例如,如图3B所示,第二正差分过孔p2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S1,与第二负差分过孔n2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S2不相等。第二正差分过孔p2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S1,可以理解为,第二正差分过孔p2的中心到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离。同理,第二负差分过孔n2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S2,可以理解为,第二负差分过孔n2的中心到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离。For example, as shown in Figure 3B, the distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment is the same as the distance S1 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. The distance S2 of ′ is not equal. The distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment can be understood as the distance from the center of the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. . In the same way, the distance S2 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment can be understood as the distance S2 from the center of the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. 'distance.
也可以理解为,第二正差分过孔p2和第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的间距,第二负差分过孔n2和第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的间距不相等。It can also be understood that the distance between the second positive differential via p2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the distance between the second negative differential via n2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment are not equal. .
在另一些实施例中,如图3D所示,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2镜像设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3D , the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are mirror-image-disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment.
例如,如图3D所示,第二正差分过孔p2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S1,与第二负差分过孔n2到第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的距离S2相等。也可以理 解为,第二正差分过孔p2和第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的间距,第二负差分过孔n2和第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的间距相等。For example, as shown in Figure 3D, the distance S1 from the second positive differential via p2 to the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment is the same as the distance S1 from the second negative differential via n2 to the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. ′ is equal to the distance S2. It can also be understood that the distance between the second positive differential via p2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the distance between the second negative differential via n2 and the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment are equal.
可以理解的是,通过上述描述可知,第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′与第二虚拟线段O2-O2相交。第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1沿平行于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的方向排布,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2沿平行于第二虚拟线段O2-O2的方向排布。那么,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1的排布方向与第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2的方向排布相交。It can be understood from the above description that the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment intersects the second virtual line segment O2-O2. The first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a direction parallel to the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, and the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along Arranged parallel to the direction of the second virtual line segment O2-O2. Then, the arrangement direction of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 intersects with the arrangement direction of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
那么,第一差分对过孔H1可以理解为包括相邻设置的第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1。Then, the first differential pair via hole H1 can be understood as including the adjacently arranged first positive differential via hole p1 and the first negative differential via hole n1.
在一些实施例中,如图3D所示,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1紧邻设置,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1之间未设置其他过孔结构。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3D , the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, and no other vias are arranged between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 via hole structure.
在另一些实施例中,如图3E所示,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1之间还设置有其他过孔(例如参考地过孔)。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3E , other vias (such as reference ground vias) are provided between the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 .
同理,第二差分对过孔H2可以理解为包括相邻设置的第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2。In the same way, the second differential pair via hole H2 can be understood as including an adjacent second positive differential via hole p2 and a second negative differential via hole n2.
在一些实施例中,如图3D所示,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2紧邻设置,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2之间未设置其他过孔结构。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3D , the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, and no other positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged between them. via hole structure.
在另一些实施例中,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2之间还设置有其他过孔(例如参考地过孔)。In other embodiments, other vias (such as reference ground vias) are provided between the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2.
此外,本申请实施例对第一虚拟线段O1-O1与第二虚拟线段O2-O2的延伸方向不做限定,沿平行于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的方向,第二差分对过孔H2位于第一差分对过孔H1的同一侧即可。第二差分对过孔H2位于第一差分对过孔H1一侧可以理解为,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1位于第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2的同一侧,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1的同一侧。In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the extension direction of the first virtual line segment O1-O1 and the second virtual line segment O2-O2. Along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second differential pair via H2 is located The first differential pair can be on the same side of via H1. The second differential pair via H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via H1. It can be understood that the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are located on the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via. On the same side of hole n2, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located on the same side of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1.
本申请实施例将图3D视角下水平方向定义为第一方向X,将图3D视角下竖直方向定义为第二方向Y。第一方向X与第二方向Y相交(例如垂直),第一方向X与第二方向Y均与基板的厚度方向垂直。In this embodiment of the present application, the horizontal direction in the perspective of Figure 3D is defined as the first direction X, and the vertical direction in the perspective of Figure 3D is defined as the second direction Y. The first direction X and the second direction Y intersect (for example, are perpendicular), and both the first direction X and the second direction Y are perpendicular to the thickness direction of the substrate.
在一些实施例中,如图3D所示,第一虚拟线段O1-O1沿第一方向X延伸。那么,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1沿第一方向X排布。第二虚拟线段O2-O2沿第二方向Y延伸。那么,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2沿第二方向Y排布。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 3D, the first virtual line segment O1-O1 extends along the first direction X. Then, the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged along the first direction X. The second virtual line segment O2-O2 extends along the second direction Y. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the second direction Y.
或者理解为,第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X相邻设置。Or it can be understood that the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged adjacent to each other along the first direction X.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一差分对过孔H1中第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1二者哪个更靠近第二差分对过孔H2不做限定。可以如图3B所示,第一正差分过孔p1设置在第一负差分过孔n1与第二差分对过孔H2之间。也可以如图3D所示,第一负差分过孔n1设置在第一正差分过孔p1与第二差分对过孔H2之间。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit which of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 is closer to the second differential pair via H2. As shown in FIG. 3B , the first positive differential via p1 is disposed between the first negative differential via n1 and the second differential pair via H2. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 3D , the first negative differential via n1 is provided between the first positive differential via p1 and the second differential pair via H2.
同理,以图3B视角为例,本申请实施例对第二差分对过孔H2中第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2二者哪个位于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′上侧,哪个位于 第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′下方不做限定。可以如图3B所示,第二正差分过孔p2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′上侧,第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′下侧。也可以如图3D所示,第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′上侧,第二正差分过孔p2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′下侧。Similarly, taking the perspective of Figure 3B as an example, the embodiment of the present application determines which of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 in the second differential pair via H2 is located on the extension line O1 of the first virtual line segment The upper side of -O1′ and the lower side of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment are not limited. As shown in Figure 3B, the second positive differential via p2 is disposed above the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. lower side. Alternatively, as shown in Figure 3D, the second negative differential via n2 is disposed above the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1 of the first virtual line segment. ′ Lower side.
在另一些实施例中,如图3F所示,第一虚拟线段O1-O1沿第二方向Y延伸。那么,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1沿第二方向Y排布。第二虚拟线段O2-O2沿第一方向X延伸。那么,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2沿第一方向X排布。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3F , the first virtual line segment O1-O1 extends along the second direction Y. Then, the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged along the second direction Y. The second virtual line segment O2-O2 extends along the first direction X. Then, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the first direction X.
或者理解为,第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2沿第二方向Y相邻设置。Or it can be understood that the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged adjacent to each other along the second direction Y.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一差分对过孔H1中第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1二者哪个更靠近第二差分对过孔H2不做限定。可以如图3F所示,第一负差分过孔n1设置在第一正差分过孔p1与第二差分对过孔H2之间。也可以是第一正差分过孔p1设置在第一负差分过孔n1与第二差分对过孔H2之间。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit which of the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 is closer to the second differential pair via H2. As shown in FIG. 3F , the first negative differential via n1 is disposed between the first positive differential via p1 and the second differential pair via H2. The first positive differential via p1 may also be provided between the first negative differential via n1 and the second differential pair via H2.
同理,以图3F视角为例,本申请实施例对第二差分对过孔H2中第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2二者哪个位于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′左侧,哪个位于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′右侧不做限定。可以如图3F所示,第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′左侧,第二正差分过孔p2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′右侧。也可以是,第二正差分过孔p2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′左侧,第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′右侧。Similarly, taking the perspective of Figure 3F as an example, the embodiment of the present application determines which of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 of the second differential pair via H2 is located on the extension line O1 of the first virtual line segment The left side of -O1′ and the right side of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment are not limited. As shown in Figure 3F, the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the left side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. Right. Alternatively, the second positive differential via p2 is disposed on the left side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment, and the second negative differential via n2 is disposed on the right side of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment.
本申请实施例提供的基板,通过将第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2同时受到第一正差分过孔p1(或者第一负差分过孔n1)的干扰。根据差分信号的特性,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2的信号作差,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2受到的干扰相互抵消,因此可实现串扰的减小。在第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧的情况下,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2受到第一正差分过孔p1(或者第一负差分过孔n1)的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。例如,第二正差分过孔p2受到第一正差分过孔p1的干扰为5mV,第二负差分过孔n2受到第一正差分过孔p1的干扰也为5mV,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2的信号作差,干扰可相互抵消。In the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via p2 and The second negative differential via n2 is simultaneously interfered by the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1). According to the characteristics of the differential signal, the signals of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are different, and the interferences received by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 cancel each other out, so it can be achieved Reduction of crosstalk. In the case where the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via Hole n2 is uniformly interfered by the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1), so crosstalk can be eliminated. For example, the interference of the second positive differential via p2 by the first positive differential via p1 is 5mV, the interference of the second negative differential via n2 by the first positive differential via p1 is also 5mV, and the interference of the second positive differential via p2 is also 5mV. By making a difference with the signal of the second negative differential via n2, the interference can cancel each other out.
反之,由于第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2传输的信号是极性相反的信号。因此,根据极性相反特性,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2作用在第一正差分过孔p1(或者第一负差分过孔n1)上的干扰也互相抵消,从而实现串扰的减小。在第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2对称设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧的情况下,第一正差分过孔p1(或者第一负差分过孔n1)受到第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2的干扰是一致的,因此可实现串扰的消除。例如,第一正差分过孔p1受到第二正差分过孔p2的干扰为5mV,第一正差分过孔p1受到第二负差分过孔n2的干扰为-5mV,5mV和-5mV的干扰可相互抵消。On the contrary, the signals transmitted by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are signals with opposite polarities. Therefore, according to the opposite polarity characteristics, the interference of the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 on the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via n1) also cancels each other, so that Achieve crosstalk reduction. In the case where the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment, the first positive differential via p1 (or the first negative differential via The interference of the via n1) by the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 is consistent, so crosstalk can be eliminated. For example, the interference of the first positive differential via p1 by the second positive differential via p2 is 5mV, and the interference of the first positive differential via p1 by the second negative differential via n2 is -5mV. The interference of 5mV and -5mV can be Cancel each other out.
另外,由于第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2相邻设置,因此,第一差分对过孔H1的扇出走线和第二差分对过孔H2的扇出走线不会相交,可以同层设置,无 需增加基板中信号线的层数,可减小基板的厚度,降低基板的成本。In addition, since the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 are arranged adjacently, the fan-out traces of the first differential pair via H1 and the fan-out traces of the second differential pair via H2 will not intersect. , can be set up on the same layer, without increasing the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate, which can reduce the thickness of the substrate and reduce the cost of the substrate.
在此基础上,如图4A所示,基板还包括第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分对焊盘D2以及参考地焊盘G。On this basis, as shown in FIG. 4A , the substrate also includes a first differential pair pad D1, a second differential pair pad D2, and a reference ground pad G.
第一差分对焊盘D1包括第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1,第一正差分焊盘P1与第一正差分过孔p1耦接,第一负差分焊盘N1与第一负差分过孔n1耦接。The first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1. The first positive differential pad P1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1. The first negative differential pad N1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1. The first negative differential via n1 is coupled.
在一些实施例中,如图4A所示,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1沿第一方向X相邻设置。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4A , the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are arranged adjacently along the first direction X.
在另一些实施例中,如图4B所示,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1沿第二方向Y相邻设置。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4B , the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are arranged adjacently along the second direction Y.
当然,无论第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1沿哪个方向相邻设置,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1之间可以设置有参考地焊盘G,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1之间也可以不设置参考地焊盘G。图4A和图4B仅为一种示意,不做任何限定。Of course, no matter which direction the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are adjacently arranged, a reference ground pad G may be provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 , the reference ground pad G may not be provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1. Figures 4A and 4B are only illustrations without any limitation.
本申请实施例对第一差分对焊盘D1与第一差分对过孔H1的位置关系及耦接方式不做限定,在一些实施例中,如图4B所示,第一正差分焊盘P1与第一正差分过孔p1错位排布,第一正差分焊盘P1与第一正差分过孔p1通过引线耦接。第一负差分焊盘N1与第一负差分过孔n1错位排布,第一负差分焊盘N1与第一负差分过孔n1通过引线耦接。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the positional relationship and coupling method between the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 4B, the first positive differential pad P1 Arranged in a staggered manner with the first positive differential via p1, the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 are coupled through wires. The first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are coupled through wires.
如图4C所示,第一正差分焊盘P1与第一正差分过孔p1错位排布,可以理解为,沿基板的厚度方向,第一正差分过孔p1未设置在第一正差分焊盘P1正下方。第一负差分焊盘N1与第一负差分过孔n1错位排布,可以理解为,沿基板的厚度方向,第一负差分过孔n1未设置在第一负差分焊盘N1正下方。As shown in Figure 4C, the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 are arranged in a staggered manner. It can be understood that along the thickness direction of the substrate, the first positive differential via p1 is not disposed on the first positive differential via p1. Directly below disk P1. The first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 are arranged in a staggered manner. It can be understood that along the thickness direction of the substrate, the first negative differential via n1 is not disposed directly below the first negative differential pad N1.
本申请实施例对第一正差分过孔p1的具体位置不做限定,示例的,如图4B所示,第一正差分过孔p1的四个顶角设置有四个焊盘,第一正差分过孔p1到四个焊盘的距离相等。第一负差分过孔n1的四个顶角设置有四个焊盘,第一负差分过孔n1到四个焊盘的距离相等。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific position of the first positive differential via p1. For example, as shown in FIG. 4B, four pads are provided at the four top corners of the first positive differential via p1. The distance from the differential via p1 to the four pads is equal. Four soldering pads are provided at four top corners of the first negative differential via n1, and the first negative differential via n1 is equidistant from the four soldering pads.
同理,如图4B所示,第二差分对焊盘D2包括第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2,第二正差分焊盘P2与第二正差分过孔p2耦接,第二负差分焊盘N2与第二负差分过孔n2耦接。Similarly, as shown in Figure 4B, the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2, and the second positive differential pad P2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2. , the second negative differential pad N2 is coupled to the second negative differential via n2.
在一些实施例中,第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2沿第一方向X相邻设置。In some embodiments, the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are adjacently disposed along the first direction X.
在另一些实施例中,如图4B所示,第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2沿第二方向Y相邻设置。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4B , the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged adjacently along the second direction Y.
当然,无论第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2沿哪个方向相邻设置,第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2之间可以设置有参考地焊盘G,第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2之间也可以不设置参考地焊盘G。Of course, no matter in which direction the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are adjacently arranged, a reference ground pad G may be provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 , the reference ground pad G may not be provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2.
本申请实施例对第二差分对焊盘D2与第二差分对过孔H2的位置关系及耦接方式不做限定,在一些实施例中,如图4B和图4C所示,第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2对齐设置,第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2对齐设置。或者理 解为,沿基板的厚度方向,第二正差分过孔p2位于第二正差分焊盘P2的下方,第二负差分过孔n2位于第二负差分焊盘N2的下方。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the positional relationship and coupling method between the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 4B and Figure 4C, the second positive differential pair The via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2. Or it can be understood that along the thickness direction of the substrate, the second positive differential via p2 is located below the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is located below the second negative differential pad N2.
或者理解为,第二正差分过孔p2在基板表面的正投影位于第二正差分焊盘P2在基板表面的正投影内。第二正差分焊盘P2的横截面积可以大于第二正差分过孔p2的横截面积,第二正差分焊盘P2的横截面积也可以等于第二正差分过孔p2的横截面积。Or it can be understood that the orthographic projection of the second positive differential via p2 on the substrate surface is located within the orthographic projection of the second positive differential pad P2 on the substrate surface. The cross-sectional area of the second positive differential pad P2 may be larger than the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential via p2, and the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential pad P2 may also be equal to the cross-sectional area of the second positive differential via p2. .
第二负差分过孔n2在基板表面的正投影位于第二负差分焊盘N2在基板表面的正投影内。第二负差分焊盘N2的横截面积可以大于第二负差分过孔n2的横截面积,第二负差分焊盘N2的横截面积也可以等于第二负差分过孔n2的横截面积。The orthographic projection of the second negative differential via n2 on the substrate surface is located within the orthographic projection of the second negative differential pad N2 on the substrate surface. The cross-sectional area of the second negative differential pad N2 may be greater than the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential via n2, and the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential pad N2 may also be equal to the cross-sectional area of the second negative differential via n2 .
在另一些实施例中,如图4D所示,第二正差分焊盘P2与第二正差分过孔p2错位排布,第二正差分焊盘P2与第二正差分过孔p2通过引线耦接。第二负差分焊盘N2与第二负差分过孔n2错位排布,第二负差分焊盘N2与第二负差分过孔n2通过引线耦接。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4D , the second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 are coupled through wires. catch. The second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 are coupled through wires.
需要说明的是,图4A-图4D均是以第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2对称的设置在第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧为例进行示意,但本申请实施例并不限定于此,可合理调整第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的位置。It should be noted that FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D are illustrated by taking the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 symmetrically disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1′ of the first virtual line segment as an example. , but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and the positions of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can be reasonably adjusted.
如图4D所示,第一正差分焊盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2、第二负差分焊盘N2以及多个参考地焊盘G阵列排布于基板的表面。As shown in FIG. 4D , the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and a plurality of reference ground pads G array are arranged on the substrate. s surface.
第一正差分焊盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2、第二负差分焊盘N2以及多个参考地焊盘G阵列排布于基板的同一表面,可以理解为,沿第一方向X,相邻焊盘之间(例如参考地焊盘G和第一正差分焊盘P1之间)的距离相等。沿第二方向Y,相邻焊盘之间(例如相邻参考地焊盘G之间)的距离相等。The first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and the plurality of reference ground pad G arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. It can be understood that That is, along the first direction X, the distance between adjacent pads (for example, between the reference ground pad G and the first positive differential pad P1) is equal. Along the second direction Y, the distance between adjacent pads (eg, between adjacent reference ground pads G) is equal.
由于当下主流的芯片封装结构的焊球是阵列排布在封装基板上,因此,本申请实施例提供的基板,第一正差分焊盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2、第二负差分焊盘N2以及多个参考地焊盘G阵列排布于基板的同一表面,可以无需改变待与基板键合的芯片封装结构的焊球排布方式,可以兼容现有的棋盘型焊球排布方案的芯片封装结构,适用范围广。Since the solder balls of the current mainstream chip packaging structure are arranged in an array on the packaging substrate, the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application has the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential pad The pad P2, the second negative differential pad N2 and the multiple reference ground pad G arrays are arranged on the same surface of the substrate. There is no need to change the solder ball arrangement of the chip package structure to be bonded to the substrate, and it is compatible with existing The chip packaging structure of the checkerboard solder ball arrangement scheme has a wide range of applications.
在一些实施例中,如图4D所示,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2紧邻设置,二者之间没有设置参考地焊盘G。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4D , the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are disposed immediately adjacent to each other, and no reference ground pad G is disposed between them.
在另一些实施例中,如图4E所示,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间设置有参考地焊盘G。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4E , a reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
可以理解的是,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间设置有参考地焊盘G。可以理解为,参考地焊盘G在基板表面的投影位于第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2在基板表面的投影之间。It can be understood that a reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2. It can be understood that the projection of the reference ground pad G on the substrate surface is located between the projections of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 on the substrate surface.
根据需要,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以设置有一排或者多排参考地焊盘G,图4E中仅为一种示意,不做任何限定。According to needs, one or more rows of reference ground pads G may be provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2. FIG. 4E is only an illustration without any limitation.
第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间设置有参考地焊盘G,参考地焊盘G与参考地过孔耦接,参考地焊盘G可以对第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2进行隔离,降低第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间的串扰。A reference ground pad G is provided between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2. The reference ground pad G is coupled to the reference ground via hole. The reference ground pad G can connect the first differential pair via hole H1 to the second differential pair via hole H2. The hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are isolated to reduce crosstalk between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
其中,关于参考地焊盘G和参考地过孔是错位排布,还是参考地焊盘G与参考地 过孔对齐设置参考地焊盘G,本申请实施例对此不做限定,根据需要合理设置即可。后续再对参考地过孔的排布方式进行举例说明。Among them, the embodiment of the present application does not make a limit on whether the reference ground pad G and the reference ground via holes are arranged in a staggered manner, or whether the reference ground pad G and the reference ground via holes are arranged in alignment. Just set it up. An example of the arrangement of the reference ground vias will be given later.
在一些实施例中,如图5所示,基板还包括第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 , the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
第一差分对信号线L1包括第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1,第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1紧邻设置在同一信号线层,且在该信号线层中第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1之间未设置其他信号线。同理,第二差分对信号线L2包括第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2,第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2紧邻设置在同一信号线层,且在该信号线层中第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2之间未设置其他信号线。The first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1. The first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 are immediately disposed on the same signal line layer, and are on the same signal line layer. No other signal lines are provided between the first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 in the signal line layer. In the same way, the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2. The second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are immediately arranged on the same signal line layer. And no other signal lines are provided between the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 in the signal line layer.
第一差分对信号线L1与第一差分对过孔H1耦接,第二差分对信号线L2与第二差分对过孔H2耦接。也就是说,第一正差分信号线Lp1与第一正差分过孔p1耦接,第一负差分信号线Ln1与第一负差分过孔n1耦接。第二正差分信号线Lp2与第二正差分过孔p2耦接,第二负差分信号线Ln2与第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1, and the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2. That is to say, the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1, and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1. The second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2, and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 is coupled to the second negative differential via n2.
其中,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2位于基板内,且同层设置。Among them, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
也就是说,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2位于同一层介质层上。第一正差分信号线Lp1、第一负差分信号线Ln1、第二正差分信号线Lp2以及第二负差分信号线Ln2同层设置,第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1紧邻设置,二者之间没有第二正差分信号线Lp2或第二负差分信号线Ln2。第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2紧邻设置,二者之间没有第一正差分信号线Lp1或第一负差分信号线Ln1。That is to say, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are located on the same dielectric layer. The first positive differential signal line Lp1, the first negative differential signal line Ln1, the second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are arranged on the same layer. The first positive differential signal line Lp1 and the first negative differential signal line Ln1 They are arranged closely together without the second positive differential signal line Lp2 or the second negative differential signal line Ln2 between them. The second positive differential signal line Lp2 and the second negative differential signal line Ln2 are arranged immediately adjacent to each other, without the first positive differential signal line Lp1 or the first negative differential signal line Ln1 between them.
需要说明的是,图5中示意的第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2的排布方式,仅为一种示意,不做任何限定。It should be noted that the arrangement of the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 illustrated in FIG. 5 is only an illustration without any limitation.
本申请实施例中,由于沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1平行的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2设置在第一差分对过孔H1的同一侧。因此,第一虚拟线段O1-O1,与第二虚拟线段O2-O2不相交。在这种情况下,通过合理设置第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2的排布方式,可实现第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2无交叉。那么,可将第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2同层设置,以减小基板中信号线的层数,减薄基板。In the embodiment of the present application, along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are disposed on the same side of the first differential pair via H1. Therefore, the first virtual line segment O1-O1 does not intersect the second virtual line segment O2-O2. In this case, by reasonably setting the arrangement of the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2, it is possible to achieve no intersection between the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2. Then, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can be placed on the same layer to reduce the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate and thin the substrate.
在一些实施例中,如图6A所示,基板包括多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X排布。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6A , the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pair vias H2 , a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pairs. The via holes H2 are arranged along the first direction X.
其中,本申请实施例对第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的数量不做限定。图6A中以第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的数量相等为例进行示意。第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的数量也可以不相等。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of first differential vias and second differential vias. In FIG. 6A , the number of first differential vias and the number of second differential vias are equal is taken as an example for illustration. The numbers of the first differential vias and the second differential vias may also be unequal.
本申请实施例对多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X排布的方式不做限定,至少包括一组相邻的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2即可。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and the plurality of second differential pair vias H2 are arranged along the first direction H1 and the second differential pair via H2 are enough.
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图6A所示,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成一行。行方向为平行于第一方向X的方向。In a possible implementation, as shown in FIG. 6A , a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in a line. The row direction is a direction parallel to the first direction X.
在一些实施例中,如图6A所示,沿第一方向X,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2至少部分以交替排布的规律排布。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6A , along the first direction X, a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are at least partially arranged in an alternating pattern.
其中,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X交替排布,是指,沿第一方向X,一个第一差分过孔,一个第二差分过孔交替依次排布。不会出现两个第一差分对过孔H1相邻,也不会出现两个第二差分对过孔H2相邻的情况。Among them, a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pair vias H2 are alternately arranged along the first direction X, which means that along the first direction X, there is one first differential via and one second differential via. The vias are arranged alternately. The two first differential pair via holes H1 will not be adjacent, nor will the two second differential pair via holes H2 be adjacent.
示例的,如图6A所示,沿第一方向X,以第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2的方式排布。For example, as shown in FIG. 6A , along the first direction cloth.
或者,示例的,沿第一方向X,以第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1的方式排布。Or, for example, along the first direction Arranged in the manner of H1.
或者,示例的,沿第一方向X,以第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2的方式排布。Or, for example, along the first direction Arranged in the manner of H2.
通过将多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X交替排布,可使沿第一方向X相邻的任意两个差分过孔之间实现串扰减小,以满足系统对串扰的要求。By alternately arranging a plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and a plurality of second differential pair vias H2 along the first direction X, crosstalk can be achieved between any two adjacent differential vias along the first direction X. Reduce to meet system requirements for crosstalk.
在另一些实施例中,如图6B所示,沿第一方向X,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2中至少部分以第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2、第二差分对过孔H2、第一差分对过孔H1的规律排布。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6B , along the first direction The second differential pair via hole H2, the second differential pair via hole H2, and the first differential pair via hole H1 are regularly arranged.
在又一些实施例中,如图6C所示,沿第一方向X,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2中至少部分没有排布规律,包括至少一组相邻设置的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2即可。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6C , along the first direction The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 that are arranged adjacently are sufficient.
上述图6A-图6C示意的多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2的排布方式仅为一种示意,不做任何限定,根据需要合理设置即可。The arrangement of the plurality of first differential pair vias H1 and the plurality of second differential pair vias H2 illustrated in FIGS. 6A to 6C is only a schematic and is not subject to any limitation. It can be set appropriately as needed.
另外,无论第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2以哪种规律排布,在一些实施例中,如图6A-图6C所示,至少部分相邻第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以未设置参考地焊盘G,第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔紧邻设置。In addition, regardless of the regular arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, in some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C , at least some of the adjacent first differential pair via holes are The reference ground pad G may not be disposed between H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, and the first differential via hole and the second differential via hole are disposed closely adjacent to each other.
在另一些实施例中,如图6D所示,至少部分相邻第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以设置有参考地焊盘G。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6D , a reference ground pad G may be provided between at least part of the adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,如图7A所示,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成多行。In another possible implementation, as shown in FIG. 7A , a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows.
本申请实施例对每行中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布方式不做限定,可以参考上述关于多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成一行时,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布方式的示意。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row. You may refer to the above description of the multiple first differential pair via holes H1 and the multiple second differential pair via holes H1. Schematic diagram of the arrangement of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 when the vias H2 are arranged in a row.
各行中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布规律可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不做限定。The arrangement rules of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
在一些实施例中,如图7A所示,各行中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布规律相同。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7A , the arrangement rules of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in each row are the same.
示例的,如图7A所示,沿列的方向,也就是沿第二方向Y,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2未相邻设置。For example, as shown in FIG. 7A , along the column direction, that is, along the second direction Y, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are not adjacently arranged.
或者,示例的,如图7B所示,沿列的方向,也就是沿第二方向Y,基板也包括相邻设置的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2。Or, as an example, as shown in FIG. 7B , along the column direction, that is, along the second direction Y, the substrate also includes adjacently arranged first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2.
其中,沿第二方向Y,基板包括相邻设置的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2,此处需要对第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2做出特殊说明。Among them, along the second direction Y, the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2 that are adjacently arranged. Here, it is necessary to perform the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2. Give special instructions.
如图7C所示,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2沿第二方向Y排布,第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1沿第二方向Y排布,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2沿第一方向X排布。As shown in FIG. 7C , the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the second direction Y, and the first positive differential via hole p1 and the first negative differential via hole n1 are arranged along the second direction Y. cloth, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are arranged along the first direction X.
第一正差分过孔p1与第一正差分焊盘P1耦接,第一负差分过孔n1与第一负差分焊盘N1耦接。第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2耦接,第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2耦接。当然,本申请实施例对第一正差分过孔p1与第一正差分焊盘P1的相对位置关系、第一负差分过孔n1与第一负差分焊盘N1的相对位置关系、第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2的相对位置关系、第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2的相对位置关系不做限定,图7C中仅为一种示意。The first positive differential via p1 is coupled to the first positive differential pad P1, and the first negative differential via n1 is coupled to the first negative differential pad N1. The second positive differential via p2 is coupled to the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is coupled to the second negative differential pad N2. Of course, the embodiment of the present application does not include the relative positional relationship between the first positive differential via p1 and the first positive differential pad P1, the relative positional relationship between the first negative differential via n1 and the first negative differential pad N1, the second positive differential via The relative positional relationship between the differential via p2 and the second positive differential pad P2 and the relative positional relationship between the second negative differential via n2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are not limited, and are only an illustration in FIG. 7C .
对比图7B和图7C可知,从第二方向Y来看,图7B中的第一差分对过孔H1可以等效于图7C中的第二差分对过孔H2,图7B中的第二差分对过孔H2可以等效于图7C中的第一差分对过孔H1,只是名称不同。Comparing Figure 7B and Figure 7C, it can be seen that from the second direction Y, the first differential pair via hole H1 in Figure 7B can be equivalent to the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 7C. The second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 7B The pair of vias H2 may be equivalent to the first differential pair of vias H1 in FIG. 7C , except that the names are different.
因此,如图7B所示,在基板中多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成多行多列的情况下,沿第一方向X的排布每行第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的结构可以参考上述关于图6A-图6D的相关描述。沿第二方向Y排布的每列第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的结构,图7B中示意的第一差分对过孔H1可以理解为是图6A-图6D中的第二差分对过孔H2,图7B中示意的第二差分对过孔H2可以理解为是图6A-图6D中的第一差分对过孔H1。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 7B , when a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate, the arrangement along the first direction For the structures of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, please refer to the above-mentioned descriptions of FIGS. 6A to 6D. The structure of each column of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 arranged along the second direction Y. The first differential pair via hole H1 illustrated in Figure 7B can be understood as the structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 shown in Figure 6A-Figure 6D The second differential pair via hole H2 shown in FIG. 7B can be understood as the first differential pair via hole H1 in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D .
示例的,如图7B所示,第一方向X,每行中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2交替排布。沿第二方向Y,每列中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2交替排布。For example, as shown in FIG. 7B , in the first direction X, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are alternately arranged in each row. Along the second direction Y, the first differential pair via holes H1 and the second differential pair via holes H2 are alternately arranged in each column.
这样一来,沿第一方向X,任意紧邻的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以进行串扰的减小或者消除。沿第二方向Y,任意紧邻的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以进行串扰的减小或者消除。整个基板中串扰的消除效果较好,可满足对串扰消除要求较高的产品。In this way, along the first direction X, crosstalk between any adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated. Along the second direction Y, crosstalk between any closely adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated. The crosstalk elimination effect in the entire substrate is good, which can meet the requirements of products with high crosstalk elimination requirements.
上述对第一差分对过孔H1与第一差分对焊盘D1,和,第二差分对过孔H2与第二差分对焊盘D2进行了描述。下面,对基板中参考地过孔与参考地焊盘G的位置关系进行描述。其中,参考地过孔与参考地焊盘G的相对位置关系,可以根据需要合理设置,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The above describes the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2. Next, the positional relationship between the reference ground via hole and the reference ground pad G in the substrate is described. The relative positional relationship between the reference ground via hole and the reference ground pad G can be reasonably set as needed, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,如图8A所示,基板还包括多个第一参考地过孔g1,第一参考地过孔g1与参考地焊盘G耦接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8A , the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias g1 , and the first reference ground vias g1 are coupled to the reference ground pad G.
其中,第一参考地过孔g1与第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均位于基板内,第一参考地过孔g1可以是通孔或者盲孔。Among them, the first reference ground via hole g1, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are all located in the substrate. The first reference ground via hole g1 may be a through hole or a blind hole.
示例的,如图8A所示,第一差分对过孔H1与第一差分对焊盘D1错位排布,沿第一方向X,与第一差分对焊盘D1紧邻的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第一参考 地过孔g1。For example, as shown in Figure 8A, the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 are arranged in a staggered manner. Along the first direction X, the reference ground pad G is immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad D1. A first reference ground via g1 is aligned below.
也就是说,与第一正差分焊盘P1紧邻,位于第一正差分焊盘P1左侧的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第一参考地过孔g1。与第一正差分焊盘P1紧邻,位于第一正差分焊盘P1右侧的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第一参考地过孔g1。That is to say, the first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1 and located on the left side of the first positive differential pad P1. Immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1, a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first positive differential pad P1.
与第一负差分焊盘N1紧邻,位于第一负差分焊盘N1左侧的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第一参考地过孔g1。与第一负差分焊盘N1紧邻,位于第一负差分焊盘N1右侧的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第一参考地过孔g1。Immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1, a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first negative differential pad N1. Immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1, a first reference ground via g1 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first negative differential pad N1.
那么,第一差分对过孔H1的周围设置有4个临近的第一参考地过孔g1。Then, four adjacent first reference ground vias g1 are provided around the first differential pair via hole H1.
其中,与参考地焊盘G对齐设置的第一参考地过孔g1,参考地焊盘G覆盖第一参考地过孔g1即可。Wherein, the first reference ground via hole g1 is aligned with the reference ground pad G, and the reference ground pad G only needs to cover the first reference ground via hole g1.
或者,示例的,如图8B所示,第一差分对过孔H1与第一差分对焊盘D1错位排布,沿第一方向X,第一差分对焊盘D1和,与该第一差分对焊盘D1紧邻的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1。Or, for example, as shown in FIG. 8B , the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 are arranged in a staggered manner. Along the first direction A first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pads G immediately adjacent to the pad D1.
也就是说,与第一正差分焊盘P1紧邻,位于第一正差分焊盘P1左侧的参考地焊盘G,和第一正差分焊盘P1之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1。与第一正差分焊盘P1紧邻,位于第一正差分焊盘P1右侧的参考地焊盘G,和第一正差分焊盘P1之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1。That is to say, the first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential pad P1 immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1. . A first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential pad P1 immediately adjacent to the first positive differential pad P1.
与第一负差分焊盘N1紧邻,位于第一负差分焊盘N1左侧的参考地焊盘G,和第一负差分焊盘N1之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1。与第一负差分焊盘N1紧邻,位于第一负差分焊盘N1右侧的参考地焊盘G,和第一负差分焊盘N1之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1。A first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the left side of the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential pad N1 immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1. A first reference ground via g1 is provided between the reference ground pad G located on the right side of the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential pad N1 immediately adjacent to the first negative differential pad N1.
那么,第一差分对过孔H1的周围设置有4个临近的第一参考地过孔g1。Then, four adjacent first reference ground vias g1 are provided around the first differential pair via hole H1.
其中,第一正差分焊盘P1和参考地焊盘G之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1,第一参考地过孔g1可以位于第一正差分焊盘P1和参考地焊盘G的连线上,第一参考地过孔g1也可以位于第一正差分焊盘P1和参考地焊盘G的连线的两侧,本申请实施例对此不做限定,根据需要合理布局即可。Wherein, a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G. The first reference ground via g1 may be located between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G. On the connection line, the first reference ground via g1 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the first positive differential pad P1 and the reference ground pad G. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and it can be arranged reasonably as needed. .
同理,第一负差分焊盘N1和参考地焊盘G之间设置有第一参考地过孔g1,第一参考地过孔g1可以位于第一负差分焊盘N1和参考地焊盘G的连线上,第一参考地过孔g1也可以位于第一负差分焊盘N1和参考地焊盘G的连线的两侧,本申请实施例对此不做限定,根据需要合理布局即可。Similarly, a first reference ground via g1 is provided between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G. The first reference ground via g1 may be located between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G. On the connection line, the first reference ground via g1 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and the layout can be reasonably arranged as needed. Can.
但是,应当明白的是,如图8B所示,第一参考地过孔g1与第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1应间隔设置,以避免发生短路。However, it should be understood that, as shown in FIG. 8B , the first reference ground via g1 and the first positive differential via p1 and the first negative differential via n1 should be spaced apart to avoid short circuits.
本申请实施例提供的上述第一参考地过孔g1与参考地焊盘G以及第一差分对焊盘D1的排布方式,一方面,可以获得高频高速信号的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可以便于差分对信号线的布局。关于差分对信号线的布局方式,下文进行详细示意。The above-mentioned arrangement of the first reference ground via g1, the reference ground pad G, and the first differential pair pad D1 provided by the embodiment of the present application can, on the one hand, obtain impedance continuity of high-frequency and high-speed signals. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines. Regarding the layout of the differential pair signal lines, the following is a detailed illustration.
当然,在第二正差分过孔p2与第二正焊盘错位排布,第二负差分过孔n2与第二负焊盘错位排布的情况下,第二差分对过孔H2外围的第二参考地过孔的排布方式也可以参考上述关于第一参考地过孔g1的说明。Of course, when the second positive differential via p2 is misaligned with the second positive pad, and the second negative differential via n2 is misaligned with the second negative pad, the third differential via hole H2 on the periphery of the second differential pair is misaligned. The arrangement of the two reference ground vias can also refer to the above description about the first reference ground via g1.
在另一些实施例中,如图8C所示,基板还包括多个第二参考地过孔g2,第二参 考地过孔g2与参考地焊盘G耦接。In other embodiments, as shown in Figure 8C, the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground vias g2, and the second reference ground vias g2 are coupled to the reference ground pad G.
其中,第二参考地过孔g2位于基板内,第二参考地过孔g2可以是通孔或者盲孔。The second reference ground via hole g2 is located in the substrate, and the second reference ground via hole g2 may be a through hole or a blind hole.
示例的,如图8C所示,第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2对齐设置,第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2对齐设置。沿第一方向X,第二差分对焊盘D2和,与该第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的一侧参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。For example, as shown in FIG. 8C , the second positive differential via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2. Along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G on one side immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
也就是说,沿第一方向X,第二差分对焊盘D2和,与该第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的左侧参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。即,沿第一方向X,第二正差分焊盘P2与该第二正差分焊盘P2左侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。第二负差分焊盘N2与该第二负差分焊盘N2左侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。That is to say, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the left reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second negative differential pad N2.
或者,沿第一方向X,第二差分对焊盘D2和,与该第二差分对焊盘D2相邻的右侧参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。即,沿第一方向X,第二正差分焊盘P2与该第二正差分焊盘P2右侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。第二负差分焊盘N2与该第二负差分焊盘N2右侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。Alternatively, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the right reference ground pad G adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second negative differential pad N2.
其中,第二正差分焊盘P2和参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2,第二参考地过孔g2可以位于第二正差分焊盘P2和参考地焊盘G的连线上,第二参考地过孔g2也可以位于第二正差分焊盘P2和参考地焊盘G的连线的两侧,本申请实施例对此不做限定,根据需要合理布局即可。Wherein, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G. The second reference ground via g2 may be located between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G. On the connection line, the second reference ground via g2 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and it can be arranged appropriately according to needs. .
同理,第二负差分焊盘N2和参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2,第二参考地过孔g2可以位于第二负差分焊盘N2和参考地焊盘G的连线上,第二参考地过孔g2也可以位于第二负差分焊盘N2和参考地焊盘G的连线的两侧,本申请实施例对此不做限定,根据需要合理布局即可。In the same way, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G. The second reference ground via g2 may be located between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G. On the connection line, the second reference ground via g2 can also be located on both sides of the connection line between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this, and the layout can be reasonably arranged as needed. Can.
在此基础上,沿第二方向Y,与第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。On this basis, along the second direction Y, a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
也就是说,沿第二方向Y,位于第二正差分焊盘P2远离第二负差分焊盘N2一侧(上侧)的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2,位于第二负差分焊盘N2远离第二正差分焊盘P2一侧(下侧)的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。That is to say, along the second direction Y, the second reference ground via hole g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (upper side) of the second positive differential pad P2 away from the second negative differential pad N2. , a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (lower side) of the second negative differential pad N2 away from the second positive differential pad P2.
相当于说,第二差分对过孔H2的周围有4个第二参考地过孔g2。当然,若第二负差分过孔n2的下侧没有参考地焊盘G的情况下,第二负差分过孔n2的下侧也可以不设置第二参考地过孔g2。This is equivalent to saying that there are four second reference ground vias g2 around the second differential pair via hole H2. Of course, if there is no reference ground pad G on the lower side of the second negative differential via n2, the second reference ground via g2 may not be provided on the lower side of the second negative differential via n2.
或者,示例的,如图8D所示,第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2对齐设置,第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2对齐设置。与第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。Or, for example, as shown in FIG. 8D , the second positive differential via p2 is aligned with the second positive differential pad P2, and the second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided in alignment with the lower side of the reference ground pad G which is immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
也就是说,沿第一方向X,与第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。沿第二方向Y,与第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的参考地焊盘G的下方也对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。That is to say, along the first direction X, the second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G that is immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. Along the second direction Y, a second reference ground via g2 is also aligned below the reference ground pad G that is adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2.
即,沿第一方向X,第二差分对焊盘D2和,与该第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻的左侧 参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。即,沿第一方向X,第二正差分焊盘P2与该第二正差分焊盘P2左侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。第二负差分焊盘N2与该第二负差分焊盘N2左侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the left reference ground pad G immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the left side of the second negative differential pad N2.
且,沿第一方向X,第二差分对焊盘D2和,与该第二差分对焊盘D2相邻的右侧参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。即,沿第一方向X,第二正差分焊盘P2与该第二正差分焊盘P2右侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。第二负差分焊盘N2与该第二负差分焊盘N2右侧的参考地焊盘G之间设置有第二参考地过孔g2。Moreover, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second differential pair pad D2 and the right reference ground pad G adjacent to the second differential pair pad D2. That is, along the first direction X, a second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second positive differential pad P2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second positive differential pad P2. A second reference ground via g2 is provided between the second negative differential pad N2 and the reference ground pad G on the right side of the second negative differential pad N2.
且,沿第二方向Y,位于第二正差分焊盘P2远离第二负差分焊盘N2一侧(上侧)的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2,位于第二负差分焊盘N2远离第二正差分焊盘P2一侧(下侧)的参考地焊盘G的下方对齐设置有第二参考地过孔g2。Moreover, along the second direction Y, a second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G located on the side (upper side) of the second positive differential pad P2 away from the second negative differential pad N2, and is located at A second reference ground via g2 is aligned below the reference ground pad G on the side (lower side) of the second negative differential pad N2 away from the second positive differential pad P2.
那么,第二差分对过孔H2的周围设置有6个临近的第二参考地过孔g2。Then, six adjacent second reference ground vias g2 are provided around the second differential pair via hole H2.
当然,在第一正差分过孔p1与第一正焊盘对齐设置,第一负差分过孔n1与第一负焊盘对齐设置的情况下,第一差分对过孔H1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式也可以参考上述关于第二参考地过孔g2的说明。Of course, when the first positive differential via p1 is aligned with the first positive pad, and the first negative differential via n1 is aligned with the first negative pad, the first reference on the periphery of the first differential pair via H1 The arrangement of the ground via hole g1 may also refer to the above description about the second reference ground via hole g2.
本申请实施例提供的上述第二参考地过孔g2与参考地焊盘G以及第二差分对焊盘D2的排布方式,一方面,可以提高参考地焊盘G中的阻抗连续性。另一方面,可以便于差分对信号线的布局。关于差分对信号线的布局方式,下文进行详细示意。The arrangement of the second reference ground via g2, the reference ground pad G, and the second differential pair pad D2 provided by the embodiment of the present application can, on the one hand, improve the impedance continuity in the reference ground pad G. On the other hand, it can facilitate the layout of differential pair signal lines. Regarding the layout of the differential pair signal lines, the following is a detailed illustration.
如图9所示,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成多行多列的情况下,基板中第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2也排布成多行多列。As shown in Figure 9, when multiple first differential pair via holes H1 and multiple second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns, the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D1 in the substrate Pad D2 is also arranged in multiple rows and columns.
每行中第一差分对焊盘D1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式可以如图8A或者如图8B所示,每行中第二差分对焊盘D2外围的第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式可以如图8C或者如图8D所示。The arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in each row can be as shown in Figure 8A or Figure 8B , and the second reference ground on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in each row. The arrangement of vias g2 can be as shown in Figure 8C or Figure 8D.
同一行中第一差分对焊盘D1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式可以相同,也可以不相同。不同行中第一差分对焊盘D1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式可以相同,也可以不相同。The arrangement of the first reference ground vias g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the same row may be the same or different. The arrangement of the first reference ground vias g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in different rows may be the same or different.
同理,同一行中第二差分对焊盘D2外围的第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式可以相同,也可以不相同。不同行中第二差分对焊盘D2外围的第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式可以相同,也可以不相同。Similarly, the arrangement of the second reference ground vias g2 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in the same row may be the same or different. The arrangement of the second reference ground vias g2 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 in different rows may be the same or different.
其中,如图9所示,在第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2之间仅设置一排参考地焊盘G的情况下,位于第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2之间的第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2可以重合。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, when only one row of reference ground pads G is provided between the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2, the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 The first reference ground via g1 and the second reference ground via g2 between the differential pair pads D2 may overlap.
在一些实施例中,如图9所示,多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成两行多列。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9 , a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in two rows and multiple columns.
上行中第一差分对焊盘D1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式可参考图8A所示,第二差分对焊盘D2外围的第二参考地焊盘G外围的第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式可以参考图8D所示。The arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the up row can be referred to as shown in Figure 8A, and the second reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second reference on the periphery of the pad G. The arrangement of the ground via g2 can be referred to as shown in Figure 8D.
下行中第一差分对焊盘D1外围的第一参考地过孔g1的排布方式可参考图8B所示,第二差分对焊盘D2外围的第二参考地焊盘G外围的第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式可以参考图8C所示。The arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the first differential pair pad D1 in the downstream direction can be referred to as shown in Figure 8B, and the second reference ground via g1 on the periphery of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second reference on the periphery of the pad G. The arrangement of the ground via g2 can be referred to as shown in Figure 8C.
这样一来,便于差分信号线的排布。下面,对差分信号线的排布进行举例说明。This facilitates the arrangement of differential signal lines. Below, an example is given to illustrate the arrangement of differential signal lines.
在一些实施例中,如图10A所示,基板还包括第一信号线层,第一信号线层设置有第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10A , the substrate further includes a first signal line layer provided with a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
第一差分对信号线L1与第一行中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,第二差分对信号线L2与第一行中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接。第一行第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2临近基板的出线边。The first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the first row, and the second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row are adjacent to the outlet edge of the substrate.
其中,第一差分对信号线L1包括第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1,第二差分对信号线L2包括第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2。那么,第一差分对信号线L1与第一行中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,可以理解为,第一正差分信号线Lp1与第一行中第一正差分过孔p1耦接,第一负差分信号线Ln1与第一行中第一负差分过孔n1耦接。第二差分对信号线L2与第一行中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接,可以理解为,第二正差分信号线Lp2与第一行中第二正差分过孔p2耦接,第二负差分信号线Ln2与第一行中第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1, and the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2. Then, the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the first row. It can be understood that the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1 in the first row. , the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1 in the first row. The second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2 in the first row. It can be understood that the second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2 in the first row. The two negative differential signal lines Ln2 are coupled to the second negative differential via n2 in the first row.
如图10A所示,第一差分对信号线L1经第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间,延伸至基板的出线边,第二差分对信号线L2经第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2之间,延伸至基板的出线边。As shown in Figure 10A, the first differential pair signal line L1 extends between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 to the outlet edge of the substrate, and the second differential pair signal line L2 passes through the second positive pair. Between the differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2, it extends to the outlet edge of the substrate.
当然,由于第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2,与,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均位于基板的内部。因此,如图10A所示,第一信号线层中的第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2与第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2应错位排布,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2与第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2不耦接。Of course, since the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2 are located inside the substrate, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are located inside the substrate. Therefore, as shown in Figure 10A, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 in the first signal line layer and the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2 should be arranged in a staggered manner. , the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 are not coupled to the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2.
如图10B所示,基板还包括第二信号线层,第二信号线层也设置有第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2。As shown in FIG. 10B , the substrate further includes a second signal line layer, and the second signal line layer is also provided with a first differential pair signal line L1 and a second differential pair signal line L2.
其中,第一信号线层与第二信号线层可以为同一信号线层,第一信号线层与第二信号线层可以为不同信号线层。The first signal line layer and the second signal line layer may be the same signal line layer, and the first signal line layer and the second signal line layer may be different signal line layers.
请继续参考图10B,第二信号线层中第一差分对信号线L1与第二行中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,第二差分对信号线L2与第二行中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接。第二行第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2设置在第一行第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2远离基板出线边一侧。Please continue to refer to Figure 10B. The first differential pair signal line L1 in the second signal line layer is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the second row. The second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair signal line L2 in the second row. Differential pair via H2 is coupled. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the second row are provided on the side of the first row of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 away from the outlet edge of the substrate.
其中,第一差分对信号线L1包括第一正差分信号线Lp1和第一负差分信号线Ln1,第二差分对信号线L2包括第二正差分信号线Lp2和第二负差分信号线Ln2。那么,第一差分对信号线L1与第二行中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,可以理解为,第一正差分信号线Lp1与第二行中第一正差分过孔p1耦接,第一负差分信号线Ln1与第二行中第一负差分过孔n1耦接。第二差分对信号线L2与第二行中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接,可以理解为,第二正差分信号线Lp2与第二行中第二正差分过孔p2耦接,第二负差分信号线Ln2与第二行中第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The first differential pair signal line L1 includes a first positive differential signal line Lp1 and a first negative differential signal line Ln1, and the second differential pair signal line L2 includes a second positive differential signal line Lp2 and a second negative differential signal line Ln2. Then, the first differential pair signal line L1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the second row. It can be understood that the first positive differential signal line Lp1 is coupled to the first positive differential via p1 in the second row. , the first negative differential signal line Ln1 is coupled to the first negative differential via n1 in the second row. The second differential pair signal line L2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2 in the second row. It can be understood that the second positive differential signal line Lp2 is coupled to the second positive differential via p2 in the second row. The two negative differential signal lines Ln2 are coupled to the second negative differential via n2 in the second row.
如图10B所示,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2经第一行中的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间,延伸至基板的出线边。As shown in Figure 10B, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 extend between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the first row to the outgoing line of the substrate. side.
其中,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2可以经第一行中同一对第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间,延伸至基板的出线边。如图10B所示,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2也可以经第一行中不同对第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间,延伸至基板的出线边。The first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can extend to the outlet edge of the substrate through the same pair of first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2 in the first row. As shown in FIG. 10B , the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 may also extend between different pairs of first differential pair via holes H1 and second differential pair via holes H2 in the first row. The outlet side of the substrate.
当然,由于第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2,与,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均位于基板的内部。因此,如图10B所示,第二信号线层中的第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2与第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2错位排布。Of course, since the first reference ground via hole g1 and the second reference ground via hole g2 are located inside the substrate, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are located inside the substrate. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10B , the first and second differential pair signal lines L1 and L2 in the second signal line layer are misaligned with the first and second reference ground vias g1 and g2 .
需要强调的是,受相邻过孔间间隙大小以及信号线宽度的限制,图10A和图10B示意的第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2的排布方式,工艺简单,易于实现。It should be emphasized that due to the limitations of the gap size between adjacent via holes and the width of the signal lines, the arrangement of the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 shown in Figure 10A and Figure 10B has a simple process. Easy to implement.
当然,根据第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2线宽的不同,第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2可以有不同的排布方式,第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2也可以有不同的排布方式,本申请实施例示意的第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2的排布方式,以及第一差分对信号线L1和第二差分对信号线L2的排布方式仅为一种示意,不做任何限定。Of course, according to the different line widths of the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2, the first differential pair signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 can be arranged in different ways. The first reference ground The via g1 and the second reference ground via g2 can also be arranged in different ways. The embodiment of this application illustrates the arrangement of the first reference ground via g1 and the second reference ground via g2, and the first differential The arrangement of the signal line L1 and the second differential pair signal line L2 is only an illustration without any limitation.
经过模拟仿真发现,对比图9和图2的基板板,沿第一方向X,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰(near-end crosstalk,NEXT)如图11A所示,本申请实施例提供的基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰明显降低。其中,图11A中的横坐标为频率,纵坐标为近端串扰。After simulation, it is found that comparing the substrate boards in Figure 9 and Figure 2, along the first direction X, the near-end crosstalk (NEXT) of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 is as shown in the figure As shown in 11A, the near-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application is significantly reduced. Among them, the abscissa in Figure 11A is frequency, and the ordinate is near-end crosstalk.
沿第二方向Y,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰如图11B所示,本申请实施例提供的基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰明显降低。Along the second direction Y, the near-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 is as shown in Figure 11B. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H1 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application The near-end crosstalk on via H2 is significantly reduced.
沿第一方向X,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的远端串扰(far-end crosstalk,FEXT)如图11C所示,本申请实施例提供的基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰明显降低。其中,图11C中的横坐标为频率,纵坐标为远端串扰。Along the first direction The near-end crosstalk on via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 is significantly reduced. Among them, the abscissa in Figure 11C is frequency, and the ordinate is far-end crosstalk.
沿第二方向Y,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的远端串扰如图11D所示,本申请实施例提供的基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的近端串扰明显降低。Along the second direction Y, the far-end crosstalk of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 is as shown in Figure 11D. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H1 in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application The near-end crosstalk on via H2 is significantly reduced.
因此,本申请实施例提供的基板,在不改变基板表面焊盘阵列排布的基础上,通过合理设置基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布,可实现第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2近端串扰和远端串扰的减小或者消除。在此基础上,通过合理设置第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的扇出方式,可减小基板中信号线的层数。Therefore, in the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application, without changing the pad array arrangement on the surface of the substrate, by reasonably setting the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate, it can be realized The first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 reduce or eliminate near-end crosstalk and far-end crosstalk. On this basis, by rationally setting the fan-out method of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, the number of layers of signal lines in the substrate can be reduced.
本申请实施例还提供一种基板的制备方法,用于制备上述基板。本申请实施例对基板中第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2以及第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分 对焊盘D2的形成方法不做限定,制备得到的基板中的第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2以及第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分对焊盘D2满足上述示意的位置关系即可。Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the above-mentioned substrate. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via hole H1, the second differential pair via hole H2, the first differential pair bonding pad D1, and the second differential pair bonding pad D2 in the substrate. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1, the second differential pair via H2, the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair pad D2 satisfy the above schematic positional relationship.
示例二Example 2
本示例与示例一的主要不同之处在于:本示例中第一差分对焊盘D1与第一差分对过孔H1为盘下孔结构,第二差分对焊盘D2与第二差分对过孔H2为盘下孔结构。The main difference between this example and Example 1 is that in this example, the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are under-disk hole structures, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole are H2 is the subplate hole structure.
本申请实施例还提供一种基板,如图12A所示,基板包括第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2。An embodiment of the present application also provides a substrate. As shown in FIG. 12A , the substrate includes a first differential pair via hole H1 and a second differential pair via hole H2.
第一差分对过孔H1包括第一正差分过孔p1和第一负差分过孔n1。第二差分对过孔H2包括第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2。沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1相交的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线O1-O1′的两侧。且沿与第一虚拟线段O1-O1平行的方向,第二正差分过孔p2和第二负差分过孔n2位于第一虚拟线段O1-O1的同一端。或者理解为第二差分对过孔H2位于第一差分对过孔H1一侧。The first differential pair via H1 includes a first positive differential via p1 and a first negative differential via n1. The second differential pair via H2 includes a second positive differential via p2 and a second negative differential via n2. Along the direction intersecting the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O1-O1' of the first virtual line segment. And along the direction parallel to the first virtual line segment O1-O1, the second positive differential via p2 and the second negative differential via n2 are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment O1-O1. Or it can be understood that the second differential pair via hole H2 is located on the side of the first differential pair via hole H1.
其中,第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2的结构和位置关系,与示例一种相同,可参考示例一中的相关描述。The structure and positional relationship between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are the same as Example 1. Please refer to the relevant description in Example 1.
在此基础上,请继续参考图12A,基板还包括第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2。On this basis, please continue to refer to FIG. 12A , the substrate also includes a first differential pair pad D1 and a second differential pair pad D2.
第一差分对焊盘D1位于基板的表面,第一差分对焊盘D1包括第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1;第一正差分过孔p1与第一正差分焊盘P1对齐设置,且与第一正差分焊盘P1耦接。第一负差分过孔n1与第一负差分焊盘N1对齐设置,且与第一负差分焊盘N1耦接。The first differential pair pad D1 is located on the surface of the substrate. The first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1; the first positive differential via p1 and the first positive differential pad P1 is aligned and coupled to the first positive differential pad P1. The first negative differential via n1 is aligned with the first negative differential pad N1 and coupled to the first negative differential pad N1.
第二差分对焊盘D2位于基板的表面,第二差分对焊盘D2包括第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2;第二正差分过孔p2与第二正差分焊盘P2对齐设置,且与第二正差分焊盘P2耦接。第二负差分过孔n2与第二负差分焊盘N2对齐设置,且与第二负差分焊盘N2耦接。The second differential pair pad D2 is located on the surface of the substrate. The second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2; the second positive differential via p2 and the second positive differential pad P2 is aligned and coupled to the second positive differential pad P2. The second negative differential via n2 is aligned with the second negative differential pad N2 and coupled to the second negative differential pad N2.
也就是说,本示例中,第一正差分焊盘P1与第一正差分过孔p1为盘下孔结构,第一负差分焊盘N1与第一负差分过孔n1为盘下孔结构。第二正差分焊盘P2与第二正差分过孔p2为盘下孔结构,第二负差分焊盘N2与第二负差分过孔n2为盘下孔结构。That is to say, in this example, the first positive differential pad P1 and the first positive differential via p1 have an under-disk hole structure, and the first negative differential pad N1 and the first negative differential via n1 have an under-disk hole structure. The second positive differential pad P2 and the second positive differential via p2 have an under-disk hole structure, and the second negative differential pad N2 and the second negative differential via n2 have an under-disk hole structure.
即,第一差分对焊盘D1与第一差分对过孔H1的排布规律相同,第二差分对焊盘D2与第二差分对过孔H2的排布规律相同。That is, the arrangement rules of the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are the same, and the arrangement rules of the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are the same.
这样一来,在实现第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2串扰减小或者消除的基础上,可以易于制备第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔,且第一差分过孔和第二差分过孔的布局简单。In this way, on the basis of reducing or eliminating the crosstalk between the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, the first differential via and the second differential via can be easily prepared, and the first differential via hole and second differential via layout is simple.
在一些实施例中,如图12A所示,第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2紧邻设置。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12A , the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 are disposed in close proximity.
在一些实施例中,如图12B所示,基板还包括位于基板表面的参考地焊盘G;相邻第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2之间设置有参考地焊盘G。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12B , the substrate also includes a reference ground pad G located on the surface of the substrate; a reference ground pad is provided between the adjacent first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 G.
在一些实施例中,如图12B所示,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X排布,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1沿第一方向X排布。沿第二方向Y,第二差分对焊盘D2的至少一侧设置有参考地焊盘G,第二差分对焊盘D2与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12B , the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the first direction X, and the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 arranged along the first direction X. Along the second direction Y, a reference ground pad G is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad D2, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line.
其中,第二差分对焊盘D2与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。可以理解为,第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2均与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。Wherein, the second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. It can be understood that both the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are located on the same straight line as the reference ground pad G.
第二差分对焊盘D2与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上,那么第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2与参考地焊盘G阵列排布,仅需要改变第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1的排布规律即可,对基板结构的改动较小。The second differential pair pad D2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. Then the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged in an array with the reference ground pad G. Only the first positive differential pad needs to be changed. The arrangement of the differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 is sufficient, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
在另一些实施例中,如图12C所示,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X排布,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1沿第一方向X排布。沿第一方向X,第一正差分对焊盘的至少一侧设置有参考地焊盘G,第一正差分对焊盘与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12C , the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged along the first direction X, and the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 is arranged along the first direction X. Along the first direction X, a reference ground pad G is provided on at least one side of the first positive differential pair pad, and the first positive differential pair pad and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line.
其中,第一差分对焊盘D1与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。可以理解为,第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1均与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上。Wherein, the first differential pair pad D1 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line. It can be understood that both the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 are located on the same straight line as the reference ground pad G.
同理,第一差分对焊盘D1与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上,那么第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1与参考地焊盘G阵列排布,仅需要改变第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2的排布规律即可,对基板结构的改动较小。In the same way, the first differential pair pad D1 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line, then the array arrangement of the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 and the reference ground pad G only needs to be changed. The arrangement of the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 is sufficient, and the changes to the substrate structure are small.
当然,如图12D所示,第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2也可以沿第二方向Y排布,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的结构关系,可以参考第一差分对过孔H1与第二差分对过孔H2沿第一方向X排布时的结构关系,此处不再赘述。Of course, as shown in Figure 12D, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 can also be arranged along the second direction Y. The structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 For the relationship, reference can be made to the structural relationship between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 when they are arranged along the first direction X, which will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,如图12E所示,基板中多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成多行多列。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12E , a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate.
对比图12D和图12E可知,从第二方向Y来看,图12E中的第一差分对过孔H1可以等效于图12D中的第二差分对过孔H2,图12E中的第二差分对过孔H2可以等效于图12D中的第一差分对过孔H1,只是名称不同。Comparing Figure 12D and Figure 12E, it can be seen that from the second direction Y, the first differential pair via hole H1 in Figure 12E can be equivalent to the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 12D, and the second differential pair via hole H2 in Figure 12E The pair of vias H2 may be equivalent to the first differential pair of vias H1 in FIG. 12D , except that the names are different.
因此,如图12E所示,在基板中多个第一差分对过孔H1和多个第二差分对过孔H2排布成多行多列的情况下,沿第一方向X的排布每行第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的结构可以参考上述关于图12A-图12C的相关描述。沿第二方向Y排布的每列第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的结构,图12E中示意的第一差分对过孔H1可以理解为是图12A-图12C中的第二差分对过孔H2,图12E中示意的第二差分对过孔H2可以理解为是图12A-图12C中的第一差分对过孔H1。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 12E , when a plurality of first differential pair via holes H1 and a plurality of second differential pair via holes H2 are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns in the substrate, the arrangement along the first direction For the structures of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2, please refer to the above-mentioned descriptions of FIGS. 12A to 12C. The structure of each column of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 arranged along the second direction Y. The first differential pair via hole H1 illustrated in Figure 12E can be understood as the structure of the first differential pair via hole H1 shown in Figure 12A-Figure 12C The second differential pair via hole H2 shown in FIG. 12E can be understood as the first differential pair via hole H1 in FIG. 12A to FIG. 12C .
示例的,如图12E所示,第一方向X,每行中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2交替排布。沿第二方向Y,每列中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2交替排布。For example, as shown in FIG. 12E , in the first direction X, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are alternately arranged in each row. Along the second direction Y, the first differential pair via holes H1 and the second differential pair via holes H2 are alternately arranged in each column.
这样一来,沿第一方向X,任意紧邻的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以进行串扰的减小或者消除。沿第二方向Y,任意紧邻的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2之间可以进行串扰的减小或者消除。整个基板中串扰的消除效果 较好,可满足对串扰消除要求较高的产品。In this way, along the first direction X, crosstalk between any adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated. Along the second direction Y, crosstalk between any closely adjacent first differential pair via hole H1 and second differential pair via hole H2 can be reduced or eliminated. The crosstalk elimination effect in the entire substrate is good, which can meet the requirements of products with higher crosstalk elimination requirements.
以图12E为例,在一些实施例中,第二差分对过孔H2与参考地焊盘G位于同一直线上,第一差分对过孔H1与参考地焊盘G没有位于同一直线上。第一正差分过孔p1和其左侧的两个参考地焊盘G构成等腰三角形,第一负差分过孔n1和其右侧的两个参考地焊盘G构成等腰三角形。Taking FIG. 12E as an example, in some embodiments, the second differential pair via hole H2 and the reference ground pad G are located on the same straight line, and the first differential pair via hole H1 and the reference ground pad G are not located on the same straight line. The first positive differential via p1 and the two reference ground pads G on its left side form an isosceles triangle, and the first negative differential via n1 and the two reference ground pads G on its right side form an isosceles triangle.
因此,本申请实施例提供的基板,通过改变基板表面焊盘的排布规律,通过合理设置基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的排布,可实现第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2近端串扰和远端串扰的减小或者消除。在此基础上,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2均采用盘下孔结构,可简化工艺。Therefore, the substrate provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize the first differential by changing the arrangement pattern of the pads on the surface of the substrate and by reasonably setting the arrangement of the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the substrate. Reduce or eliminate near-end crosstalk and far-end crosstalk on via H1 and the second differential pair via H2. On this basis, both the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 adopt an under-disk hole structure, which can simplify the process.
本申请实施例还提供一种基板的制备方法,用于制备上述基板。本申请实施例对基板中第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2以及第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分对焊盘D2的形成方法不做限定,制备得到的基板中的第一差分对过孔H1、第二差分对过孔H2以及第一差分对焊盘D1、第二差分对焊盘D2满足上述示意的位置关系即可。示例三Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a substrate, which is used to prepare the above-mentioned substrate. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via hole H1, the second differential pair via hole H2, the first differential pair bonding pad D1, and the second differential pair bonding pad D2 in the substrate. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1, the second differential pair via H2, the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair pad D2 satisfy the above schematic positional relationship. Example three
本申请实施例还提供一种基板,基板可以是封装基板、PCB或者下载板。请继续参考图12A,基板包括位于基板表面的第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2。An embodiment of the present application also provides a substrate, which may be a packaging substrate, a PCB or a download board. Please continue to refer to FIG. 12A. The substrate includes a first differential pair pad D1 and a second differential pair pad D2 located on the surface of the substrate.
第一差分对焊盘D1包括第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1,第二差分对焊盘D2包括第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2。第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2分别设置于第四虚拟线段的延长线的两侧;且第二正差分焊盘P2和第二负差分焊盘N2位于第四虚拟线段的同一端。其中,第四虚拟线段为在基板表面将第一正差分焊盘P1和第一负差分焊盘N1相连的虚拟线段。The first differential pair pad D1 includes a first positive differential pad P1 and a first negative differential pad N1, and the second differential pair pad D2 includes a second positive differential pad P2 and a second negative differential pad N2. The second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment; and the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are located on the fourth virtual line segment. of the same end. The fourth virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential pad P1 and the first negative differential pad N1 on the surface of the substrate.
其中,关于第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2的位置关系的描述,可以参考示例一和示例二中关于第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2的相关描述。For a description of the positional relationship between the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2, please refer to the correlation between the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in Example 1 and Example 2. describe.
在一些实施例中,第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2可以参考示例二中关于第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2的相关描述。In some embodiments, the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 may refer to the related description of the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 in Example 2.
在一些实施例中,基板还包括第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2。In some embodiments, the substrate further includes a first differential pair via H1 and a second differential pair via H2.
本申请实施例对第一差分对过孔H1与第一差分对焊盘D1的相对位置关系和第二差分对过孔H2与第二差分对焊盘D2的相对位置关系不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the relative positional relationship between the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 and the relative positional relationship between the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2.
在一些实施例中,第一差分对过孔H1与第一差分对焊盘D1的相对位置关系和第二差分对过孔H2与第二差分对焊盘D2的相对位置关系可以参考示例二中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the relative positional relationship between the first differential pair via H1 and the first differential pair pad D1 and the relative positional relationship between the second differential pair via H2 and the second differential pair pad D2 can be referred to Example 2. The relevant descriptions will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,基板还包括第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线。In some embodiments, the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line.
第一差分对信号线与第一差分对焊盘D1耦接,第二差分对信号线与第二差分对焊盘D2耦接。第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线位于基板内,且同层设置。The first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad D1, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair pad D2. The first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
当然,也可以是第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线位于基板内,且异层设置。Of course, the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line may also be located in the substrate and arranged in different layers.
请继续参考图12A,在一些实施例中,基板还包括参考地焊盘G。Please continue to refer to FIG. 12A. In some embodiments, the substrate further includes a reference ground pad G.
参考地焊盘G与第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2的位置关系,可以参考示例二中的相关描述。For the positional relationship between the reference ground pad G and the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2, please refer to the relevant description in Example 2.
示例四Example 4
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备,电子设备包括示例一和示例二示意的任一种基板。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes any of the substrates illustrated in Examples 1 and 2.
本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,电子设备包括芯片封装结构和PCB,芯片封装结构设置在PCB上,芯片封装结构与PCB电连接。Embodiments of the present application provide an electronic device. The electronic device includes a chip packaging structure and a PCB. The chip packaging structure is disposed on the PCB, and the chip packaging structure is electrically connected to the PCB.
在一些实施例中,如图13A所示,本申请实施例提供的芯片封装结构包括芯片和封装基板。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13A , the chip packaging structure provided by embodiments of the present application includes a chip and a packaging substrate.
其中,封装基板为示例一和示例二示意的任一种基板。基板包括堆叠的介质层和核心层(core),第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2贯穿核心层,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2通过介质层中的盲埋孔将信号引出。介质层的材料包括味之素堆积膜(Ajinomoto build-up film,ABF),核心层的材料包括半固化片。在这种情况下,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2可以是埋孔。Wherein, the packaging substrate is any of the substrates shown in Example 1 and Example 2. The substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer (core). The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate the core layer. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 pass through the dielectric layer. The blind and buried holes in the chip lead out the signal. The material of the dielectric layer includes Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF), and the material of the core layer includes prepreg. In this case, the first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 may be buried vias.
芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚A1和第一级第二差分对管脚A2,第一级第一差分对管脚A1与第一差分对过孔H1耦接,第一级第二差分对管脚A2与第二差分对过孔H2耦接,以实现芯片与封装基板的电连接。The chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin A1 and a first-level second differential pair pin A2. The first-level first differential pair pin A1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1. The first-level second differential pair pin A1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1. The differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 to achieve electrical connection between the chip and the packaging substrate.
芯片封装结构还包括位于封装基板背离芯片一侧的第二级第一差分对管脚B1和第二级第二差分对管脚B2,第二级第一差分对管脚B1与封装基板中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,第二级第二差分对管脚B2与封装基板中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接。The chip packaging structure also includes a second-level first differential pair pin B1 and a second-level second differential pair pin B2 located on the side of the packaging substrate away from the chip. The second-level first differential pair pin B1 is connected to the second-level first differential pair pin B1 in the packaging substrate. The first differential pair via hole H1 is coupled, and the second stage second differential pair pin B2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate.
可以理解的是,第一级第一差分对管脚A1与封装基板中的第一差分对过孔H1耦接,例如可以是第一级第一差分对管脚A1与封装基板中的第一差分对焊盘D1键合,以实现第一级第一差分对管脚A1与封装基板中的第一差分对过孔H1的耦接。It can be understood that the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate. For example, the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage can be coupled to the first differential pair pin A1 of the packaging substrate. The differential pair pad D1 is bonded to realize coupling of the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate.
其中,第一级第一差分对管脚A1包括第一级第一正差分管脚ap1和第一级第一负差分管脚an1。第一级第一正差分管脚ap1与封装基板中的第一正差分焊盘P1键合,以实现第一级第一正差分管脚ap1与第一正差分过孔p1耦接。第一级第一负差分管脚an1与封装基板中的第一负差分焊盘N1键合,以实现第一级第一负差分管脚an1与第一负差分过孔n1耦接。Among them, the first-stage first differential pair pin A1 includes the first-stage first positive differential pin ap1 and the first-stage first negative differential pin an1. The first-level first positive differential pin ap1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the first-level first positive differential pin ap1 with the first positive differential via p1. The first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage and the first negative differential via n1.
同理,第一级第二差分对管脚A2与封装基板中的第二差分对过孔H2耦接,例如可以是第一级第二差分对管脚A2与封装基板中的第二差分对焊盘D2键合,以实现第一级第二差分对管脚A2与封装基板中的第二差分对过孔H2的耦接。Similarly, the first-stage second differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate. For example, the first-stage second differential pair pin A2 is coupled to the second differential pair in the packaging substrate. Pad D2 is bonded to achieve coupling between the first-stage second differential pair pin A2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the package substrate.
其中,第一级第二差分对管脚A2包括第一级第二正差分管脚ap2和第一级第二负差分管脚an2。第一级第二正差分管脚ap2与封装基板中的第二正差分焊盘P2键合,以实现第一级第二正差分管脚ap2与第二正差分过孔p2耦接。第一级第二负差分管脚an2与封装基板中的第二负差分焊盘N2键合,以实现第一级第二负差分管脚an2与第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The first-stage second differential pair pin A2 includes a first-stage second positive differential pin ap2 and a first-stage second negative differential pin an2. The second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level and the second positive differential via p2. The second negative differential pin an2 of the first stage is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the packaging substrate, so as to realize the coupling of the second negative differential pin an2 of the first stage and the second negative differential via n2.
在一些实施例中,第一级第一差分对管脚A1与封装基板中的第一差分对焊盘D1对应设置,二者排布规律相同。第一级第二差分对管脚A2与封装基板中的第二差分对焊盘D2对应设置,二者排布规律相同。In some embodiments, the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage is provided correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the packaging substrate, and their arrangement rules are the same. The second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage is arranged correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the packaging substrate, and their arrangement rules are the same.
在一些实施例中,芯片还包括第一级参考地管脚G1,第一级参考地管脚G1、第一级第一正差分管脚ap1、第一级第一负差分管脚an1、第一级第二正差分管脚ap2以及第一级第二负差分管脚an2的排布规律,与封装基板中参考地管脚、第一正差分焊 盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2以及第二负差分焊盘N2的排布规律相同。可参考示例一和示例二中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip also includes a first-level reference ground pin G1, a first-level first positive differential pin ap1, a first-level first negative differential pin an1, The arrangement pattern of the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first level and the second negative differential pin an2 of the first level is consistent with the reference ground pin, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, The arrangement rules of the second positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are the same. Please refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
示例的,如图13B所示,第一级参考地管脚G1、第一级第一正差分管脚ap1、第一级第一负差分管脚an1、第一级第二正差分管脚ap2以及第一级第二负差分管脚an2阵列排布。For example, as shown in Figure 13B, the first level reference ground pin G1, the first level first positive differential pin ap1, the first level first negative differential pin an1, the first level second positive differential pin ap2 And the array arrangement of the first-stage and second negative differential pin an2.
或者,示例的,如图13C所示,第一级第二正差分管脚ap2和第一级第二负差分管脚an2与第一级参考地管脚G1位于同一排,第一级第一正差分管脚ap1和第一级第一负差分管脚an1与第一级参考地管脚G1不位于同一排。Or, for example, as shown in Figure 13C, the first-stage second positive differential pin ap2 and the first-stage second negative differential pin an2 are located in the same row as the first-stage reference ground pin G1, and the first-stage first The positive differential pin ap1 and the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage are not located in the same row as the first stage reference ground pin G1.
或者,示例的,第一级第一正差分管脚ap1和第一级第一负差分管脚an1与第一级参考地管脚G1位于同一排,第一级第二正差分管脚ap2和第一级第二负差分管脚an2与第一级参考地管脚G1不位于同一排。Or, for example, the first positive differential pin ap1 of the first stage and the first negative differential pin an1 of the first stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G1 of the first stage, and the second positive differential pin ap2 of the first stage and The first-stage second negative differential pin an2 and the first-stage reference ground pin G1 are not located in the same row.
在一些实施例中,PCB为示例一和示例二示意的任一种基板。PCB中介质层的材料包括半固化片,各层介质层的材料例如可以相同。In some embodiments, the PCB is any of the substrates illustrated in Example 1 and Example 2. The material of the dielectric layer in the PCB includes prepreg, and the material of each dielectric layer may be the same, for example.
此外,第二级第一差分对管脚B1与PCB中第一差分对过孔H1和封装基板中第一差分对过孔H1分别耦接,第二级第二差分对管脚B2与PCB中第二差分对过孔H2和封装基板中第二差分对过孔H2分别耦接,以实现芯片封装结构与PCB的电连接。In addition, the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the packaging substrate respectively, and the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB. The second differential pair via hole H2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 in the packaging substrate are respectively coupled to achieve electrical connection between the chip packaging structure and the PCB.
可以理解的是,第二级第一差分对管脚B1与PCB中第一差分对过孔H1耦接,例如可以是第二级第一差分对管脚B1与PCB中的第一差分对焊盘D1键合,以实现第二级第一差分对管脚B1与第一差分对过孔H1的耦接。It can be understood that the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB, for example, it can be the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage and the first differential butt welding in the PCB. The pad D1 is bonded to realize the coupling of the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the first differential pair via H1.
其中,第二级第一差分对管脚B1包括第二级第一正差分管脚bp1和第二级第一负差分管脚bn1。第二级第一正差分管脚bp1与PCB中的第一正差分焊盘P1键合,以实现第二级第一正差分管脚bp1与第一正差分过孔p1耦接。第二级第一负差分管脚bn1与PCB中的第一负差分焊盘N1键合,以实现第二级第一负差分管脚bn1与第一负差分过孔n1耦接。The second-stage first differential pair pin B1 includes a second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 and a second-stage first negative differential pin bn1. The second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second-stage first positive differential pin bp1 with the first positive differential via p1. The second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 with the first negative differential via n1.
同理,第二级第二差分对管脚B2与第二差分对过孔H2耦接,例如可以是第二级第二差分对管脚B2与PCB中的第二差分对焊盘D2键合,以实现第二级第二差分对管脚B2与第二差分对过孔H2的耦接。In the same way, the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is coupled to the second differential pair via H2. For example, the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage can be bonded to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB. , to realize the coupling between the second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage and the second differential pair via H2.
其中,第二级第二差分对管脚B2包括第二级第二正差分管脚bp2和第二级第二负差分管脚bn2。第二级第二正差分管脚bp2与PCB中的第二正差分焊盘P2键合,以实现第二级第二正差分管脚bp2与第二正差分过孔p2耦接。第二级第二负差分管脚bn2与PCB中的第二负差分焊盘N2键合,以实现第二级第二负差分管脚bn2与第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage includes a second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage and a second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage. The second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the PCB to realize the coupling of the second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage with the second positive differential via p2. The second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage with the second negative differential via n2.
在一些实施例中,第二级第一差分对管脚B1与PCB中的第一差分对焊盘D1对应设置,二者排布规律相同。第二级第二差分对管脚B2与PCB中的第二差分对焊盘D2对应设置,二者排布规律相同。In some embodiments, the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage is arranged correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same. The second differential pair pin B2 of the second stage is set correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
在一些实施例中,芯片还包括第二级参考地管脚,第二级参考地管脚、第二级第一正差分管脚bp1、第二级第一负差分管脚bn1、第二级第二正差分管脚bp2以及第二级第二负差分管脚bn2的排布规律,与PCB中参考地管脚G、第一正差分焊盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2以及第二负差分焊盘N2的排布规律相同。可 参考示例一和示例二中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip also includes a second-level reference ground pin, a second-level first positive differential pin bp1, a second-level first negative differential pin bn1, a second-level first reference ground pin, The arrangement pattern of the second positive differential pin bp2 and the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage is consistent with the reference ground pin G, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, and the second The arrangement rules of the positive differential pad P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are the same. You can refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2 and will not repeat them here.
示例的,如图13D所示,第二级参考地管脚G2、第二级第一正差分管脚bp1、第二级第一负差分管脚bn1、第二级第二正差分管脚bp2以及第二级第二负差分管脚bn2阵列排布。For example, as shown in Figure 13D, the second level reference ground pin G2, the second level first positive differential pin bp1, the second level first negative differential pin bn1, the second level second positive differential pin bp2 And the second stage second negative differential pin bn2 array arrangement.
或者,示例的,如图13E所示,第二级第二正差分管脚bp2和第二级第二负差分管脚bn2与第二级参考地管脚G2位于同一排,第二级第一正差分管脚bp1和第二级第一负差分管脚bn1与第二级参考地管脚G2不位于同一排。Or, for example, as shown in Figure 13E, the second positive differential pin bp2 of the second stage and the second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage, and the first The positive differential pin bp1 and the second-stage first negative differential pin bn1 are not located in the same row as the second-stage reference ground pin G2.
或者,示例的,第二级第一正差分管脚bp1和第二级第一负差分管脚bn1与第二级参考地管脚G2位于同一排,第二级第二正差分管脚bp2和第二级第二负差分管脚bn2与第二级参考地管脚G2不位于同一排。Or, as an example, the first positive differential pin bp1 of the second stage and the first negative differential pin bn1 of the second stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage, and the second positive differential pins bp2 and The second negative differential pin bn2 of the second stage and the reference ground pin G2 of the second stage are not located in the same row.
在一些实施例中,如图14A所示,芯片封装结构还包括下载板。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 14A, the chip packaging structure further includes a download board.
其中,下载板为示例一和示例二示意的任一种基板。下载板中介质层的材料包括半固化片,各层介质层的材料例如可以相同,第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2贯穿至少一层介质层。The download board is any of the substrates shown in Example 1 and Example 2. The material of the dielectric layer in the download board includes prepreg. For example, the material of each dielectric layer may be the same. The first differential pair via hole H1 and the second differential pair via hole H2 penetrate at least one dielectric layer.
下载板设置在封装基板与PCB之间,下载板与封装基板和PCB分别耦接,以实现封装基板与PCB的耦接。在这种情况下,第二级第一差分对管脚B1和第二级第二差分对管脚B2不直接与PCB耦接。The download board is disposed between the packaging substrate and the PCB, and is coupled to the packaging substrate and the PCB respectively to achieve coupling between the packaging substrate and the PCB. In this case, the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the second-stage second differential pair pin B2 are not directly coupled to the PCB.
请继续参考图14A,芯片通过第一级第一差分对管脚A1和第一级第二差分对管脚A2与封装基板耦接,封装基板通过第二级第一差分对管脚B1和第二级第二差分对管脚B2与下载板耦接。Please continue to refer to Figure 14A. The chip is coupled to the packaging substrate through the first differential pair pin A1 of the first stage and the second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage. The packaging substrate is coupled to the packaging substrate through the first differential pair pin B1 of the second stage and the second differential pair pin A2 of the first stage. The secondary second differential pair pin B2 is coupled to the download board.
芯片封装结构还包括位于下载板背离封装基板一侧的第三级第一差分对管脚C1和第三级第二差分对管脚C2,第三级第一差分对管脚C1与下载板中第一差分对过孔H1和PCB中第一差分对过孔H1分别耦接,第三级第二差分对管脚C2与下载板中第二差分对过孔H2和PCB中第二差分对过孔H2分别耦接,以实现下载板与PCB的电连接。The chip packaging structure also includes a third-level first differential pair pin C1 and a third-level second differential pair pin C2 located on the side of the download board away from the packaging substrate. The third-level first differential pair pin C1 is connected to the download board. The first differential pair via H1 is coupled to the first differential pair via H1 in the PCB respectively, and the third stage second differential pair pin C2 is connected to the second differential pair via H2 in the download board and the second differential pair in the PCB. The holes H2 are respectively coupled to realize the electrical connection between the download board and the PCB.
可以理解的是,第三级第一差分对管脚C1与PCB中第一差分对过孔H1耦接,例如可以是第三级第一差分对管脚C1与PCB中第一差分对焊盘D1键合,以实现第三级第一差分对管脚C1与PCB中的第一差分对过孔H1的耦接。It can be understood that the third-level first differential pair pin C1 is coupled to the first differential pair via hole H1 in the PCB, for example, the third-level first differential pair pin C1 is coupled to the first differential pair pad in the PCB. D1 bonding to achieve coupling between the third-level first differential pair pin C1 and the first differential pair via H1 in the PCB.
其中,第三级第一差分对管脚C1包括第三级第一正差分管脚cp1和第三级第一负差分管脚cn1。第三级第一正差分管脚cp1与PCB中的第一正差分焊盘P1键合,以实现第三级第一正差分管脚cp1与第一正差分过孔p1耦接。第三级第一负差分管脚cn1与PCB中的第一负差分焊盘N1键合,以实现第三级第一负差分管脚cn1与第一负差分过孔n1耦接。The third-stage first differential pair pin C1 includes a third-stage first positive differential pin cp1 and a third-stage first negative differential pin cn1. The third-level first positive differential pin cp1 is bonded to the first positive differential pad P1 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the third-level first positive differential pin cp1 with the first positive differential via p1. The third-level first negative differential pin cn1 is bonded to the first negative differential pad N1 in the PCB to achieve coupling between the third-level first negative differential pin cn1 and the first negative differential via n1.
同理,第三级第二差分对管脚C2与第二差分对过孔H2耦接,例如可以是第三级第二差分对管脚C2与PCB中的第二差分对焊盘D2键合,以实现第三级第二差分对管脚C2与第二差分对过孔H2的耦接。In the same way, the third-level second differential pair pin C2 is coupled to the second differential pair via H2. For example, the third-level second differential pair pin C2 can be bonded to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB. , to achieve coupling between the third-stage second differential pair pin C2 and the second differential pair via H2.
其中,第三级第二差分对管脚C2包括第三级第二正差分管脚cp2和第三级第二负差分管脚cn2。第三级第二正差分管脚cp2与PCB中的第二正差分焊盘P2键合,以实现第三级第二正差分管脚cp2与第二正差分过孔p2耦接。第三级第二负差分管脚 cn2与PCB中的第二负差分焊盘N2键合,以实现第三级第二负差分管脚cn2与第二负差分过孔n2耦接。The third-stage second differential pair pin C2 includes a third-stage second positive differential pin cp2 and a third-stage second negative differential pin cn2. The third-level second positive differential pin cp2 is bonded to the second positive differential pad P2 in the PCB to achieve coupling of the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 with the second positive differential via p2. The third-level second negative differential pin cn2 is bonded to the second negative differential pad N2 in the PCB to achieve coupling between the third-level second negative differential pin cn2 and the second negative differential via n2.
在一些实施例中,第三级第一差分对管脚C1与PCB中的第一差分对焊盘D1对应设置,二者排布规律相同。第三级第二差分对管脚C2与PCB中的第二差分对焊盘D2对应设置,二者排布规律相同。In some embodiments, the first differential pair pin C1 of the third stage is arranged correspondingly to the first differential pair pad D1 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same. The second differential pair pin C2 of the third stage is set correspondingly to the second differential pair pad D2 in the PCB, and their arrangement rules are the same.
在一些实施例中,芯片还包括第三级参考地管脚G3,第三级参考地管脚G3、第三级第一正差分管脚cp1、第三级第一负差分管脚cn1、第三级第二正差分管脚cp2以及第三级第二负差分管脚cn2的排布规律,与PCB中参考地管脚、第一正差分焊盘P1、第一负差分焊盘N1、第二正差分焊盘P2以及第二负差分焊盘N2的排布规律相同。可参考示例一和示例二中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip also includes a third-level reference ground pin G3, a third-level first positive differential pin cp1, a third-level first negative differential pin cn1, and a third-level first positive differential pin cn1. The arrangement pattern of the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 and the third-level second negative differential pin cn2 is consistent with the reference ground pin in the PCB, the first positive differential pad P1, the first negative differential pad N1, and the The two positive differential pads P2 and the second negative differential pad N2 are arranged in the same manner. Please refer to the relevant descriptions in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here.
示例的,如图14B所示,第三级参考地管脚G3、第三级第一正差分管脚cp1、第三级第一负差分管脚cn1、第三级第二正差分管脚cp2以及第三级第二负差分管脚cn2阵列排布。For example, as shown in Figure 14B, the third-level reference ground pin G3, the third-level first positive differential pin cp1, the third-level first negative differential pin cn1, and the third-level second positive differential pin cp2 And the third-stage second negative differential pin cn2 array arrangement.
或者,示例的,如图14C所示,第三级第二正差分管脚cp2和第三级第二负差分管脚cn2与第三级参考地管脚G3位于同一排,第三级第一正差分管脚cp1和第三级第一负差分管脚cn1与第三级参考地管脚G3不位于同一排。Or, for example, as shown in Figure 14C, the second positive differential pin cp2 of the third stage and the second negative differential pin cn2 of the third stage are located in the same row as the reference ground pin G3 of the third stage, and the first The positive differential pin cp1 and the third-stage first negative differential pin cn1 are not located in the same row as the third-stage reference ground pin G3.
或者,示例的,第三级第一正差分管脚cp1和第三级第一负差分管脚cn1与第三级参考地管脚G3位于同一排,第三级第二正差分管脚cp2和第三级第二负差分管脚cn2与第三级参考地管脚G3不位于同一排。在本申请的实施例中,上述第一级第一差分对管脚A1、第一级第二差分对管脚A2、第二级差分第一对管脚、第二级第二差分对管脚B2、第三级第一差分对管脚C1以及第三级第二差分对管脚C2可以为焊料凸块(solder bump),或者焊球(solder ball),或者铜柱(Cu pillar)。Or, for example, the third-stage first positive differential pin cp1 and the third-stage first negative differential pin cn1 are in the same row as the third-stage reference ground pin G3, and the third-stage second positive differential pin cp2 and The second negative differential pin cn2 of the third stage and the reference ground pin G3 of the third stage are not located in the same row. In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first-stage first differential pair pin A1, first-stage second differential pair pin A2, second-stage differential first pair pin, and second-stage second differential pair pin B2, the third-level first differential pair pin C1 and the third-level second differential pair pin C2 can be solder bumps (solder bumps), solder balls (solder balls), or copper pillars (Cu pillars).
在一些实施例中,如图15A所示,芯片封装结构还包括转接板(interposer),转接板设置在芯片与封装基板之间,转接板与芯片和封装基板分别耦接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15A , the chip packaging structure further includes an interposer. The interposer is disposed between the chip and the packaging substrate. The interposer is coupled to the chip and the packaging substrate respectively.
示例的,转接板的材料包括硅,芯片封装结构可以理解为是硅通孔中介层2.5D封装(chip-on-wafer-on-substrate,CoWoS)结构。For example, the material of the adapter board includes silicon, and the chip packaging structure can be understood as a through-silicon via interposer 2.5D packaging (chip-on-wafer-on-substrate, CoWoS) structure.
示例的,转接板的材料包括玻璃,芯片封装结构可以理解为是玻璃通孔中介层2.5D封装(chip on glass-on-substrate,CoGoS)结构。For example, the material of the adapter board includes glass, and the chip packaging structure can be understood as a glass through hole interposer 2.5D packaging (chip on glass-on-substrate, CoGoS) structure.
示例的,转接板的材料包括陶瓷,芯片封装结构可以理解为是陶瓷通孔中介层2.5D封装(chip on ceramics-on-substrate,CoCoS)结构。For example, the material of the adapter board includes ceramics, and the chip packaging structure can be understood as a ceramic through-hole interposer 2.5D packaging (chip on ceramics-on-substrate, CoCoS) structure.
如图15A所示,转接板还包括位于转接板内的第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4,第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4贯穿转接板。As shown in Figure 15A, the adapter board also includes a third differential pair via hole H3 and a fourth differential pair via hole H4 located in the adapter board. The third differential pair via hole H3 and the fourth differential pair via hole H4 pass through the adapter board. Connect the board.
如图15B所示,第三差分对过孔H3包括第三正差分过孔p3和第三负差分过孔n3,第四差分对过孔H4包括第四正差分过孔p4和第四负差分过孔n4。As shown in Figure 15B, the third differential pair via H3 includes a third positive differential via p3 and a third negative differential via n3, and the fourth differential pair via H4 includes a fourth positive differential via p4 and a fourth negative differential via. Via n4.
沿与第三虚拟线段O3-O3相交的方向,第四正差分过孔p4和第四负差分过孔n4分别设置于第三虚拟线段的延长线O3-O3′的两侧,沿与第三虚拟线段O3-O3平行的方向,第四正差分过孔p4和第四负差分过孔n4位于第三虚拟线段O3-O3的同一端。Along the direction intersecting the third virtual line segment O3-O3, the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line O3-O3′ of the third virtual line segment, along with the third virtual line segment O3-O3. In the parallel direction of the virtual line segment O3-O3, the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are located at the same end of the third virtual line segment O3-O3.
其中,第三虚拟线段为O3-O3在转接板表面将第三正差分过孔p3和第三负差分过孔n3相连的虚拟线段。The third virtual line segment is a virtual line segment O3-O3 connecting the third positive differential via p3 and the third negative differential via n3 on the surface of the adapter board.
在一些实施例中,如图15B所示,第四正差分过孔p4和第四负差分过孔n4对称设置在第三虚拟线段的延长线O3-O3′的两侧。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15B , the fourth positive differential via p4 and the fourth negative differential via n4 are symmetrically disposed on both sides of the extension line O3-O3' of the third virtual line segment.
在一些实施例中,如图15B所示,转接板还包括第三参考地过孔g3,第三参考地过孔g3位于转接板内。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15B , the adapter board further includes a third reference ground via g3 , and the third reference ground via g3 is located in the adapter board.
转接板中第三差分对过孔H3的结构和位置,可以参考示例一和示例二中关于第一差分对过孔H1的相关描述,此处不再赘述。第四差分对过孔H4的结构和位置,可以参考示例一和示例二中关于第二差分对过孔H2的相关描述,此处不再赘述。第三参考地过孔g3的结构和位置,可以参考示例一和示例二中关于第一参考地过孔g1和第二参考地过孔g2的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the structure and position of the third differential pair via hole H3 in the adapter board, please refer to the relevant description of the first differential pair via hole H1 in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here. For the structure and position of the fourth differential pair via H4, please refer to the relevant descriptions of the second differential pair via H2 in Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be described again here. For the structure and location of the third reference ground via g3, please refer to the relevant descriptions of the first reference ground via g1 and the second reference ground via g2 in Examples 1 and 2, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,封装基板中第一差分对焊盘D1与第一差分对过孔H1为盘下孔结构,第二差分对焊盘D2与第二差分对过孔H2也为盘下孔结构。It should be noted that in some embodiments, the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 in the package substrate are under-disk hole structures, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are It is also a subplate hole structure.
在这种情况下,如图15A所述,芯片与转接板之间可以不设置重布线层,转接板与封装基板之间也可以不设置重布线层。In this case, as shown in FIG. 15A , no rewiring layer may be provided between the chip and the adapter board, and no rewiring layer may be provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
当然,芯片与转接板之间也可以设置重布线层,转接板与封装基板之间也可以设置重布线层。Of course, a rewiring layer can also be provided between the chip and the adapter board, and a rewiring layer can also be provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
在另一些实施例中,封装基板中第一差分对焊盘D1与第一差分对过孔H1错位排布,第二差分对焊盘D2与第二差分对过孔H2错位排布。In other embodiments, in the package substrate, the first differential pair pad D1 and the first differential pair via hole H1 are arranged in a staggered manner, and the second differential pair pad D2 and the second differential pair via hole H2 are arranged in a staggered manner.
在这种情况下,如图15C所示,芯片与转接板之间设置有第一重布线层RDL1,转接板与封装基板之间也设置有第二重布线层RDL2。In this case, as shown in FIG. 15C , a first redistribution layer RDL1 is provided between the chip and the adapter board, and a second redistribution layer RDL2 is also provided between the adapter board and the packaging substrate.
第一重布线层RDL1靠近芯片一侧与第一级第一差分对管脚A1和第一级第二差分对管脚A2耦接,第一重布线层RDL1靠近转接板一侧与第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4耦接。The first redistribution layer RDL1 is coupled to the first-level first differential pair pin A1 and the first-level second differential pair pin A2 close to the chip side. The first redistribution layer RDL1 is close to the adapter board side and is coupled to the third The differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 are coupled.
第二重布线层RDL2靠近转接板一侧与第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4耦接,第二重布线层RDL2靠近封装基板一侧与封装基板中第一差分对焊盘D1(图中未示意)第二差分对焊盘D2(图中未示意)耦接。The second redistribution layer RDL2 is coupled to the third differential pair via hole H3 and the fourth differential pair via hole H4 on the side close to the transfer board. The second redistribution layer RDL2 is connected to the first differential pair in the packaging substrate on the side close to the package substrate. Pad D1 (not shown in the figure) is coupled to a second differential pair pad D2 (not shown in the figure).
在一些实施例中,电子设备还包括连接器(socket),连接器位于芯片封装结构与PCB之间。In some embodiments, the electronic device further includes a connector (socket) located between the chip packaging structure and the PCB.
示例的,连接器位于封装基板与PCB之间,连接器靠近封装基板一侧设置有与第二级第一差分对管脚B1和第二级第二差分对管脚B2分别耦接的引脚,连接器靠近PCB一侧设置有与第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2分别耦接的引脚。For example, the connector is located between the packaging substrate and the PCB. The side of the connector close to the packaging substrate is provided with pins respectively coupled to the second-stage first differential pair pin B1 and the second-stage second differential pair pin B2. , the connector is provided with pins coupled to the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 on a side close to the PCB.
或者,示例的,连接器位于下载板与PCB之间,连接器靠近下载板一侧设置有与第三级第一差分对管脚C1和第三级第二差分对管脚C2分别对应设置且耦接的引脚,连接器靠近PCB一侧设置有与第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2分别对应设置且耦接的引脚。Or, as an example, the connector is located between the download board and the PCB, and the side of the connector close to the download board is provided with the first differential pair pin C1 of the third stage and the second differential pair pin C2 of the third stage respectively. Coupling pins, the side of the connector close to the PCB is provided with pins corresponding to and coupled to the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 respectively.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片封装结构的制备方法,用于制备上述任一种芯片封装结构。本申请实施例对芯片封装结构中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2,或者第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4的形成方法不做限定,制备得到的芯片封装结构中的第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2,或者第三差分对过孔H3和第四差分对过孔H4满足上述示意的位置关系即可。Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a chip packaging structure, which is used to prepare any of the above chip packaging structures. The embodiments of this application do not limit the formation method of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, or the third differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 in the chip packaging structure. It is sufficient that the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2, or the third differential pair via H3 and the fourth differential pair via H4 in the chip packaging structure satisfy the above schematic positional relationship.
当然,电子设备包括示例三所示的基板的情况下,芯片封装结构中各部分与示例三的基板中第一差分对焊盘D1和第二差分对焊盘D2的耦接关系,可以与上述芯片封装结构中各部分与示例一或者示例二的基板中第一差分对过孔H1和第二差分对过孔H2耦接关系相同,此处不再赘述。Of course, when the electronic device includes the substrate shown in Example 3, the coupling relationship between each part of the chip packaging structure and the first differential pair pad D1 and the second differential pair pad D2 in the substrate of Example 3 can be as described above. The coupling relationship between various parts of the chip packaging structure is the same as that of the first differential pair via H1 and the second differential pair via H2 in the substrate of Example 1 or Example 2, and will not be described again here.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种基板,其特征在于,包括:A substrate, characterized in that it includes:
    第一差分对过孔,位于所述基板内;所述第一差分对过孔包括第一正差分过孔和第一负差分过孔;A first differential pair of vias is located in the substrate; the first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via;
    第二差分对过孔,位于所述基板内,所述第二差分对过孔包括第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔;所述第二正差分过孔和所述第二负差分过孔分别设置于第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧;且所述第二正差分过孔和所述第二负差分过孔位于所述第一虚拟线段的同一端;其中,所述第一虚拟线段为在所述基板表面将所述第一正差分过孔的投影和所述第一负差分过孔的投影相连的虚拟线段。A second differential pair via hole is located in the substrate, the second differential pair via hole includes a second positive differential via hole and a second negative differential via hole; the second positive differential via hole and the second negative differential via hole Differential vias are respectively provided on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment; and the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are located at the same end of the first virtual line segment; wherein, the The first virtual line segment is a virtual line segment that connects the projection of the first positive differential via hole and the projection of the first negative differential via hole on the surface of the substrate.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;The substrate according to claim 1, wherein the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line;
    所述第一差分对信号线与所述第一差分对过孔耦接,所述第二差分对信号线与所述第二差分对过孔耦接;The first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair via hole, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair via hole;
    所述第一差分对信号线和所述第二差分对信号线位于所述基板内,且同层设置。The first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括:The substrate according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the substrate further includes:
    第一差分对焊盘,包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;所述第一正差分焊盘与所述第一正差分过孔耦接,所述第一负差分焊盘与所述第一负差分过孔耦接;A first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential pad is coupled to the first positive differential via, and the first negative differential pad coupled to the first negative differential via;
    第二差分对焊盘,包括第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;所述第二正差分焊盘与所述第二正差分过孔耦接,所述第二负差分焊盘与所述第二负差分过孔耦接;The second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and a second negative differential pad; the second positive differential pad is coupled to the second positive differential via, and the second negative differential pad coupled to the second negative differential via;
    多个参考地焊盘,所述第一正差分焊盘、所述第一负差分焊盘、所述第二正差分焊盘、所述第二负差分焊盘以及所述多个参考地焊盘阵列排布于所述基板的表面。A plurality of reference ground pads, the first positive differential pad, the first negative differential pad, the second positive differential pad, the second negative differential pad and the plurality of reference ground pads The disk array is arranged on the surface of the substrate.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的基板,其特征在于,所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔沿第一方向排布,所述第一正差分焊盘和所述第一负差分焊盘沿第二方向排布,所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交;The substrate according to claim 3, wherein the first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes are arranged along a first direction, and the first positive differential pad and the first differential pair via hole are arranged in a first direction. The negative differential pads are arranged along a second direction, and the first direction intersects the second direction;
    所述第一正差分过孔与所述第一正差分焊盘错位设置,所述第一负差分过孔与所述第一负差分焊盘错位设置;The first positive differential via is offset from the first positive differential pad, and the first negative differential via is offset from the first negative differential pad;
    所述第二正差分过孔与所述第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,所述第二负差分过孔与所述第二负差分焊盘对齐设置。The second positive differential via is aligned with the second positive differential pad, and the second negative differential via is aligned with the second negative differential pad.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括:The substrate according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the substrate further includes:
    第一差分对焊盘,位于所述基板的表面,所述第一差分对焊盘包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;所述第一正差分过孔与所述第一正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第一正差分焊盘耦接;所述第一负差分过孔与所述第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第一负差分焊盘耦接;A first differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate. The first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad; the first positive differential via is connected to the first The positive differential pad is aligned and coupled to the first positive differential pad; the first negative differential via is aligned to the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad. coupling;
    第二差分对焊盘,位于所述基板的表面,所述第二差分对焊盘包括第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;所述第二正差分过孔与所述第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第二正差分焊盘耦接;所述第二负差分过孔与所述第二负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第二负差分焊盘耦接。A second differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate. The second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and a second negative differential pad; the second positive differential via is connected to the second The positive differential pad is aligned and coupled to the second positive differential pad; the second negative differential via is aligned to the second negative differential pad and coupled to the second negative differential pad. coupling.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括位于所述基板表面 的参考地焊盘;The substrate according to claim 5, wherein the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate;
    所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔沿第一方向排布,所述第一正差分焊盘和所述第一负差分焊盘沿所述第一方向排布;The first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole are arranged along the first direction, and the first positive differential pad and the first negative differential pad are arranged along the first direction;
    沿第二方向,所述第二差分对焊盘的至少一侧设置有所述参考地焊盘,所述第二差分对焊盘与所述参考地焊盘位于同一直线上;Along the second direction, the reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad, and the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line;
    其中,所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。Wherein, the first direction intersects the second direction.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括位于所述基板表面的参考地焊盘;The substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate;
    相邻所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔之间设置有所述参考地焊盘。The reference ground pad is disposed between the adjacent first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述第二正差分过孔和所述第二负差分过孔对称设置在所述第一虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。The substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the second positive differential via and the second negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the first virtual line segment. .
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,所述多个第一差分对过孔和所述多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;The substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, and the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair vias are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns;
    平行于第一方向的每行所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔交替排布;The first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each row parallel to the first direction are alternately arranged;
    和/或,and / or,
    平行于第二方向的每列所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔交替排布。The first differential pair via holes and the second differential pair via holes in each column parallel to the second direction are alternately arranged.
  10. 根据权利要求4所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括多个第一参考地过孔,所述第一参考地过孔位于所述基板内;The substrate according to claim 4, wherein the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate;
    沿所述第一方向,与所述第一差分对焊盘紧邻的所述参考地焊盘对齐设置有所述第一参考地过孔。Along the first direction, the first reference ground via hole is aligned with the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad.
  11. 根据权利要求4所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括多个第一参考地过孔,所述第一参考地过孔位于所述基板内;The substrate according to claim 4, wherein the substrate further includes a plurality of first reference ground vias, and the first reference ground vias are located in the substrate;
    沿所述第一方向,所述第一差分对焊盘和,与该第一差分对焊盘紧邻的所述参考地焊盘之间设置有所述第一参考地过孔。Along the first direction, the first reference ground via hole is provided between the first differential pair pad and the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the first differential pair pad.
  12. 根据权利要求4、10或11所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括多个第二参考地过孔,所述第二参考地过孔位于所述基板内;The substrate according to claim 4, 10 or 11, characterized in that the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground via holes, the second reference ground via holes are located in the substrate;
    沿所述第一方向,所述第二差分对焊盘和,与该第二差分对焊盘紧邻的一侧所述参考地焊盘之间设置有所述第二参考地过孔;Along the first direction, the second reference ground via is provided between the second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad on the side immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad;
    沿所述第二方向,与所述第二差分对焊盘紧邻的所述参考地焊盘对齐设置有所述第二参考地过孔。Along the second direction, the second reference ground via hole is provided in alignment with the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad.
  13. 根据权利要求4、10或11所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括多个第二参考地过孔,所述第二参考地过孔位于所述基板内;The substrate according to claim 4, 10 or 11, characterized in that the substrate further includes a plurality of second reference ground via holes, the second reference ground via holes are located in the substrate;
    与所述第二差分对焊盘紧邻的所述参考地焊盘对齐设置有所述第二参考地过孔。The second reference ground via hole is provided in alignment with the reference ground pad immediately adjacent to the second differential pair pad.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括多个第一差分对过孔和多个第二差分对过孔,所述多个第一差分对过孔和所述多个第二差分对过孔排布成多行多列;The substrate according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair via holes and a plurality of second differential pair via holes, the plurality of first differential pair via holes and the plurality of second differential pair via holes. A plurality of second differential pair vias are arranged in multiple rows and columns;
    所述基板还包括第一信号线层,所述第一信号线层设置有第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;所述第一差分对信号线与第一行中的所述第一差分对过孔耦接,所 述第二差分对信号线与第一行中的所述第二差分对过孔耦接;The substrate also includes a first signal line layer, the first signal line layer is provided with a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line; the first differential pair signal line is connected to the first differential pair signal line in the first row. A first differential pair via is coupled, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled with the second differential pair via in the first row;
    所述第一差分对信号线经所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔之间,延伸至所述基板的出线边;所述第二差分对信号线经所述第二正差分过孔和所述第二负差分过孔之间,延伸至所述基板的出线边。The first differential pair signal line extends between the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole to the outlet edge of the substrate; the second differential pair signal line passes through the first differential pair via hole. Between the two positive differential vias and the second negative differential via, it extends to the outlet edge of the substrate.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的基板,其特征在于,The substrate according to claim 14, characterized in that:
    所述基板还包括第二信号线层,所述第二信号线层设置有所述第一差分对信号线和所述第二差分对信号线;The substrate further includes a second signal line layer, the second signal line layer is provided with the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line;
    所述第二信号线层中所述第一差分对信号线与第二行中的所述第一差分对过孔耦接,所述第二差分对信号线与第二行中的所述第二差分对过孔耦接;所述第一差分对信号线和所述第二差分对信号线经第一行中的所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔之间,延伸至所述基板的出线边。The first differential pair signal line in the second signal line layer is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the second row, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair signal line in the second row. Two differential pairs of vias are coupled; the first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line pass between the first differential pair of vias and the second differential pair of vias in the first row , extending to the outlet edge of the substrate.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括堆叠的介质层和核心层,所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔贯穿所述核心层;The substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole penetrate the core layer;
    所述基板为封装基板;所述介质层的材料包括味之素堆积膜。The substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes an Ajinomoto deposited film.
  17. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括介质层,所述第一差分对过孔和所述第二差分对过孔贯穿所述介质层;The substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the substrate includes a dielectric layer, and the first differential pair via hole and the second differential pair via hole penetrate the dielectric layer;
    所述基板为印刷电路板或者下载板,所述介质层的材料包括半固化片。The substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the material of the dielectric layer includes prepreg.
  18. 一种芯片封装结构,其特征在于,包括芯片、封装基板以及下载板;A chip packaging structure, characterized by including a chip, a packaging substrate and a download board;
    所述封装基板为权利要求1-16任一项所述的基板;所述下载板为权利要求1-15任一项所述的基板;The packaging substrate is the substrate according to any one of claims 1-16; the download board is the substrate according to any one of claims 1-15;
    所述芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,所述第一级第一差分对管脚与所述封装基板中第一差分对过孔耦接,所述第一级第二差分对管脚与所述封装基板中第二差分对过孔耦接;The chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level second differential pair pin, and the first-level first differential pair pin is coupled to the first differential pair via hole in the packaging substrate, The second differential pair pins of the first stage are coupled to the second differential pair via holes in the packaging substrate;
    所述芯片封装结构还包括位于所述封装基板背离所述芯片一侧的第二级第一差分对管脚和第二级第二差分对管脚;所述第二级第一差分对管脚与所述封装基板中第一差分对过孔和所述下载板中第一差分对过孔分别耦接,所述第二级第二差分对管脚与所述封装基板中所述第二差分对过孔和所述下载板中第二差分对过孔分别耦接。The chip packaging structure also includes a second-level first differential pair of pins and a second-level second differential pair of pins located on the side of the packaging substrate away from the chip; the second-level first differential pair of pins Coupled respectively with the first differential pair via hole in the packaging substrate and the first differential pair via hole in the download board, the second stage second differential pair pin is connected to the second differential pair pin in the packaging substrate The pair of vias and the second differential pair of vias in the download board are respectively coupled.
  19. 一种芯片封装结构,其特征在于,包括芯片和封装基板;A chip packaging structure, characterized by including a chip and a packaging substrate;
    所述封装基板为权利要求1-16任一项所述的基板;The packaging substrate is the substrate according to any one of claims 1-16;
    所述芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,所述第一级第一差分对管脚与第一差分对过孔耦接,所述第一级第二差分对管脚与第二差分对过孔耦接。The chip includes a first stage first differential pair pin and a first stage second differential pair pin. The first stage first differential pair pin is coupled to the first differential pair via hole. The first stage The second differential pair pin is coupled to the second differential pair via.
  20. 一种芯片封装结构,其特征在于,包括依次层叠设置的芯片、转接板以及封装基板;A chip packaging structure, which is characterized in that it includes a chip, an adapter board and a packaging substrate that are stacked in sequence;
    所述转接板包括第三差分过孔以及第四差分过孔;所述第三差分对过孔位于所述转接板内;所述第三差分对过孔包括第三正差分过孔和第三负差分过孔;所述第四差分对过孔位于所述转接板内,所述第四差分对过孔包括第四正差分过孔和第四负差分过孔;The adapter board includes a third differential via hole and a fourth differential via hole; the third differential pair via hole is located in the adapter board; the third differential pair via hole includes a third positive differential via hole and a fourth differential via hole. a third negative differential via; the fourth differential pair via is located in the adapter board, and the fourth differential pair includes a fourth positive differential via and a fourth negative differential via;
    所述第四正差分过孔和所述第四负差分过孔分别设置于第三虚拟线段的延长线的 两侧;所述第四正差分过孔和所述第四负差分过孔位于所述第三虚拟线段的同一端;其中,所述第三虚拟线段为在所述转接板表面将所述第三正差分过孔和所述第三负差分过孔相连的虚拟线段;The fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment; the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are located at The same end of the third virtual line segment; wherein the third virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the third positive differential via and the third negative differential via on the surface of the adapter board;
    所述芯片包括第一级第一差分对管脚和第一级第二差分对管脚,所述第一级第一差分对管脚与所述第三差分对过孔耦接,所述第一级第二差分对管脚与所述第四差分对过孔耦接。The chip includes a first-level first differential pair pin and a first-level second differential pair pin. The first-level first differential pair pin is coupled to the third differential pair via hole. A first-level second differential pair pin is coupled to the fourth differential pair via hole.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的芯片封装结构,其特征在于,所述第四正差分过孔和所述第四负差分过孔对称设置在所述第三虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。The chip packaging structure according to claim 20, wherein the fourth positive differential via and the fourth negative differential via are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the third virtual line segment.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的芯片封装结构,其特征在于,所述芯片封装结构还包括第一重布线层,所述第一重布线层设置在所述转接板朝向所述芯片一侧;The chip packaging structure according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that the chip packaging structure further includes a first rewiring layer, and the first rewiring layer is provided on the side of the adapter plate facing the chip. ;
    第一级第一差分对管脚通过所述第一重布线层与所述第三差分对过孔耦接,所述第一级第二差分对管脚通过所述第一重布线层与所述第四差分对过孔耦接。The first differential pair pins of the first stage are coupled to the third differential pair vias through the first redistribution layer, and the second differential pair pins of the first stage are coupled to the third differential pair pins through the first redistribution layer. The fourth differential pair is coupled via vias.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22任一项所述的芯片封装结构,其特征在于,所述芯片封装结构还包括第二重布线层,所述第二重布线层设置在所述转接板朝向所述封装基板一侧;The chip packaging structure according to any one of claims 20 to 22, characterized in that the chip packaging structure further includes a second rewiring layer, the second rewiring layer is disposed on the adapter plate facing the One side of the package substrate;
    所述第三差分对过孔和所述第四差分对过孔通过所述第二重布线层与所述封装基板耦接。The third differential pair via hole and the fourth differential pair via hole are coupled to the packaging substrate through the second redistribution layer.
  24. 根据权利要求20-23任一项所述的芯片封装结构,其特征在于,所述转接板的材料包括硅、玻璃或者陶瓷。The chip packaging structure according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the material of the adapter plate includes silicon, glass or ceramics.
  25. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括芯片封装结构和印刷电路板;所述芯片封装结构设置在所述印刷电路板上;An electronic device, characterized in that it includes a chip packaging structure and a printed circuit board; the chip packaging structure is provided on the printed circuit board;
    所述芯片封装结构为权利要求18-24任一项所述的芯片封装结构,所述印刷电路板为权利要求1-15任一项所述的基板。The chip packaging structure is the chip packaging structure according to any one of claims 18 to 24, and the printed circuit board is the substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备还包括连接器,所述连接器位于所述芯片封装结构与所述印刷电路板之间。The electronic device of claim 25, further comprising a connector located between the chip packaging structure and the printed circuit board.
  27. 一种基板,其特征在于,包括:A substrate, characterized in that it includes:
    第一差分对焊盘,位于所述基板表面;所述第一差分对焊盘包括第一正差分焊盘和第一负差分焊盘;A first differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate; the first differential pair pad includes a first positive differential pad and a first negative differential pad;
    第二差分对焊盘,位于所述基板表面,所述第二差分对焊盘包括第二正差分焊盘和第二负差分焊盘;所述第二正差分焊盘和所述第二负差分焊盘分别设置于第四虚拟线段的延长线的两侧;且所述第二正差分焊盘和所述第二负差分焊盘位于所述第四虚拟线段的同一端;其中,所述第四虚拟线段为在所述基板表面将所述第一正差分焊盘和所述第一负差分焊盘相连的虚拟线段。A second differential pair pad is located on the surface of the substrate, the second differential pair pad includes a second positive differential pad and a second negative differential pad; the second positive differential pad and the second negative The differential pads are respectively disposed on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment; and the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are located at the same end of the fourth virtual line segment; wherein, the The fourth virtual line segment is a virtual line segment connecting the first positive differential pad and the first negative differential pad on the surface of the substrate.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括第一差分对信号线和第二差分对信号线;The substrate according to claim 27, wherein the substrate further includes a first differential pair signal line and a second differential pair signal line;
    所述第一差分对信号线与所述第一差分对焊盘耦接,所述第二差分对信号线与所述第二差分对焊盘耦接;The first differential pair signal line is coupled to the first differential pair pad, and the second differential pair signal line is coupled to the second differential pair pad;
    所述第一差分对信号线和所述第二差分对信号线位于所述基板内,且同层设置。The first differential pair signal line and the second differential pair signal line are located in the substrate and are arranged on the same layer.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括位于所述 基板表面的参考地焊盘;The substrate according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate;
    所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘沿第一方向排布;沿第二方向,所述第二差分对焊盘的至少一侧设置有所述参考地焊盘,所述第二差分对焊盘与所述参考地焊盘位于同一直线上;The first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are arranged along a first direction; along the second direction, the reference ground pad is provided on at least one side of the second differential pair pad, The second differential pair pad and the reference ground pad are located on the same straight line;
    其中,所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。Wherein, the first direction intersects the second direction.
  30. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括:The substrate according to any one of claims 27-29, characterized in that the substrate further includes:
    第一差分对过孔,位于所述基板内;所述第一差分对过孔包括第一正差分过孔和第一负差分过孔;所述第一正差分过孔与所述第一正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第一正差分焊盘耦接;所述第一负差分过孔与所述第一负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第一负差分焊盘耦接;A first differential pair of vias is located in the substrate; the first differential pair of vias includes a first positive differential via and a first negative differential via; the first positive differential via is connected to the first positive differential via. The differential pads are aligned and coupled to the first positive differential pad; the first negative differential via is aligned to the first negative differential pad and coupled to the first negative differential pad. catch;
    第二差分对过孔,位于所述基板内,所述第二差分对过孔包括第二正差分过孔和第二负差分过孔;所述第二正差分过孔与所述第二正差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第二正差分焊盘耦接;所述第二负差分过孔与所述第二负差分焊盘对齐设置,且与所述第二负差分焊盘耦接。A second differential pair of vias is located in the substrate. The second differential pair of vias includes a second positive differential via and a second negative differential via. The second positive differential via is connected to the second positive differential via. The differential pads are aligned and coupled to the second positive differential pad; the second negative differential via is aligned to the second negative differential pad and coupled to the second negative differential pad. catch.
  31. 根据权利要求27-30任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板还包括位于所述基板表面的参考地焊盘;The substrate according to any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein the substrate further includes a reference ground pad located on the surface of the substrate;
    相邻所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘之间设置有所述参考地焊盘。The reference ground pad is disposed between the adjacent first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad.
  32. 根据权利要求27-31任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述第二正差分焊盘和所述第二负差分焊盘对称设置在所述第四虚拟线段的延长线的两侧。The substrate according to any one of claims 27 to 31, characterized in that the second positive differential pad and the second negative differential pad are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the extension line of the fourth virtual line segment. .
  33. 根据权利要求27-32任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括多个第一差分对焊盘和多个第二差分对焊盘,所述多个第一差分对焊盘和所述多个第二差分对焊盘排布成多行多列;The substrate according to any one of claims 27 to 32, wherein the substrate includes a plurality of first differential pair pads and a plurality of second differential pair pads, the plurality of first differential pair pads and the plurality of second differential pair pads are arranged in multiple rows and multiple columns;
    平行于第一方向的每行所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘交替排布;The first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads are alternately arranged in each row parallel to the first direction;
    和/或,and / or,
    平行于第二方向的每列所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘交替排布。The first differential pair pads and the second differential pair pads are alternately arranged in each column parallel to the second direction.
  34. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括堆叠的介质层和核心层,所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘位于所述介质层的表面;The substrate according to any one of claims 27-33, wherein the substrate includes a stacked dielectric layer and a core layer, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the The surface of the dielectric layer;
    所述基板为封装基板;所述介质层的材料包括味之素堆积膜。The substrate is a packaging substrate; the material of the dielectric layer includes an Ajinomoto deposited film.
  35. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的基板,其特征在于,所述基板包括堆叠的多层介质层,所述第一差分对焊盘和所述第二差分对焊盘位于所述多层介质层的表面;The substrate according to any one of claims 27 to 33, wherein the substrate includes a stack of multiple dielectric layers, and the first differential pair pad and the second differential pair pad are located on the plurality of dielectric layers. The surface of the layer dielectric layer;
    所述基板为印刷电路板或者下载板,所述介质层的材料包括半固化片。The substrate is a printed circuit board or a download board, and the material of the dielectric layer includes prepreg.
  36. 一种基板的制备方法,其特征在于,用于制备权利要求1-17或者27-35任一项所述的基板。A method for preparing a substrate, characterized in that it is used to prepare the substrate according to any one of claims 1-17 or 27-35.
PCT/CN2022/096316 2022-05-31 2022-05-31 Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device WO2023230865A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/096316 WO2023230865A1 (en) 2022-05-31 2022-05-31 Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/096316 WO2023230865A1 (en) 2022-05-31 2022-05-31 Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023230865A1 true WO2023230865A1 (en) 2023-12-07

Family

ID=89026614

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/096316 WO2023230865A1 (en) 2022-05-31 2022-05-31 Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023230865A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110007487A1 (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Lsi package, printed board and electronic device
CN103872025A (en) * 2012-12-13 2014-06-18 爱思开海力士有限公司 Integrated circuit with bump connection scheme
US9425149B1 (en) * 2013-11-22 2016-08-23 Altera Corporation Integrated circuit package routing with reduced crosstalk
US20220084849A1 (en) * 2019-05-24 2022-03-17 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Chip packaging apparatus and terminal device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110007487A1 (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Lsi package, printed board and electronic device
CN103872025A (en) * 2012-12-13 2014-06-18 爱思开海力士有限公司 Integrated circuit with bump connection scheme
US9425149B1 (en) * 2013-11-22 2016-08-23 Altera Corporation Integrated circuit package routing with reduced crosstalk
US20220084849A1 (en) * 2019-05-24 2022-03-17 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Chip packaging apparatus and terminal device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6239485B1 (en) Reduced cross-talk noise high density signal interposer with power and ground wrap
US11412613B2 (en) Flexible printed circuit and manufacture method thereof, electronic device module and electronic device
US20230005904A1 (en) Stacked interposer structures, microelectronic device assemblies including same, and methods of fabrication, and related electronic systems
CN111952256B (en) Electronic package
RU2486577C1 (en) Circuit of display control and single-board module comprising such circuit
CN101360394A (en) Printed wiring board structure and electronic apparatus
TW202226498A (en) Power-forwarding bridge for inter-chip data signal transfer
US20190355697A1 (en) Electronic package for high-data rate communication applications
TWI773971B (en) Integrated circuit chip, package substrate and electronic assembly
WO2023230865A1 (en) Substrate and preparation method therefor, chip package structure, and electronic device
WO2020156595A2 (en) Flexible circuit board and manufacturing method, display device, circuit board structure and display panel thereof
US8546921B2 (en) Hybrid multilayer substrate
WO2023246608A1 (en) Circuit board and terminal
TW202129852A (en) Package comprising a solder resist layer configured as a seating plane for a device
WO2024000990A1 (en) Bonding structure, display panel, flexible circuit board, and display apparatus
WO2023019824A1 (en) Substrate and packaging structure thereof
WO2024001878A1 (en) Substrate, carrier, chip packaging structure, and electronic device
WO2020220465A1 (en) Printed circuit board and display device
US8399965B2 (en) Layer structure with EMI shielding effect
US7176575B2 (en) Input/output routing on an electronic device
TWI780980B (en) Semiconductor chiplet device
US9570383B2 (en) Semiconductor package, module substrate and semiconductor package module having the same
US11735502B2 (en) Integrated circuit chip, package substrate and electronic assembly
WO2023082197A1 (en) Semiconductor chip package
TWI796626B (en) Semiconductor package

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22944202

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1